WO2024067755A1 - 线切割机及其控制方法 - Google Patents

线切割机及其控制方法 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024067755A1
WO2024067755A1 PCT/CN2023/122385 CN2023122385W WO2024067755A1 WO 2024067755 A1 WO2024067755 A1 WO 2024067755A1 CN 2023122385 W CN2023122385 W CN 2023122385W WO 2024067755 A1 WO2024067755 A1 WO 2024067755A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
swing
liquid
plate
cutting machine
driving
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2023/122385
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
于云飞
张璐
孙承政
徐胜伟
陈俊儒
李刚
Original Assignee
青岛高测科技股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from CN202211210239.2A external-priority patent/CN115503135A/zh
Priority claimed from CN202222609207.1U external-priority patent/CN218286237U/zh
Priority claimed from CN202211215789.3A external-priority patent/CN115592539A/zh
Priority claimed from CN202222634689.6U external-priority patent/CN218286231U/zh
Priority claimed from CN202222638263.8U external-priority patent/CN218657204U/zh
Priority claimed from CN202222616737.9U external-priority patent/CN218286238U/zh
Priority claimed from CN202222634786.5U external-priority patent/CN218657203U/zh
Priority claimed from CN202222638264.2U external-priority patent/CN218657106U/zh
Priority claimed from CN202222634687.7U external-priority patent/CN218286230U/zh
Priority claimed from CN202222616970.7U external-priority patent/CN218638734U/zh
Priority claimed from CN202211215753.5A external-priority patent/CN115502477A/zh
Priority claimed from CN202222635692.XU external-priority patent/CN218286232U/zh
Priority claimed from CN202211215778.5A external-priority patent/CN115488426A/zh
Priority claimed from CN202222634690.9U external-priority patent/CN218657105U/zh
Priority claimed from CN202222628332.7U external-priority patent/CN218286221U/zh
Application filed by 青岛高测科技股份有限公司 filed Critical 青岛高测科技股份有限公司
Publication of WO2024067755A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024067755A1/zh

Links

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B23MACHINE TOOLS; METAL-WORKING NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • B23DPLANING; SLOTTING; SHEARING; BROACHING; SAWING; FILING; SCRAPING; LIKE OPERATIONS FOR WORKING METAL BY REMOVING MATERIAL, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • B23D57/00Sawing machines or sawing devices not covered by one of the preceding groups B23D45/00 - B23D55/00
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B23MACHINE TOOLS; METAL-WORKING NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • B23HWORKING OF METAL BY THE ACTION OF A HIGH CONCENTRATION OF ELECTRIC CURRENT ON A WORKPIECE USING AN ELECTRODE WHICH TAKES THE PLACE OF A TOOL; SUCH WORKING COMBINED WITH OTHER FORMS OF WORKING OF METAL
    • B23H7/00Processes or apparatus applicable to both electrical discharge machining and electrochemical machining
    • B23H7/02Wire-cutting
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B28WORKING CEMENT, CLAY, OR STONE
    • B28DWORKING STONE OR STONE-LIKE MATERIALS
    • B28D7/00Accessories specially adapted for use with machines or devices of the preceding groups
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B28WORKING CEMENT, CLAY, OR STONE
    • B28DWORKING STONE OR STONE-LIKE MATERIALS
    • B28D7/00Accessories specially adapted for use with machines or devices of the preceding groups
    • B28D7/02Accessories specially adapted for use with machines or devices of the preceding groups for removing or laying dust, e.g. by spraying liquids; for cooling work

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to the technical field of wire cutting, and in particular to a wire cutting machine and a control method thereof.
  • Multi-wire cutting is a cutting method that uses high-speed reciprocating motion of a metal wire to bring abrasives into the processing area of the workpiece to be cut for grinding, and cuts hard and brittle materials into hundreds of thin slices at a time.
  • Multi-wire cutting is implemented on a wire cutting machine. For example, when the wire cutting machine is running, the workpiece to be cut is fed from top to bottom, and the wire mesh cuts the workpiece to be cut into multiple slices during high-speed rotation.
  • some wire cutting machines are equipped with a swing device on the feed assembly, which drives the workpiece to be cut located below it to swing while swinging itself, so as to achieve swing cutting of the workpiece to be cut.
  • the swing device is usually implemented in the form of belt drive or gear drive, but the current swing device still has the problem of low transmission accuracy or poor transmission stability, which is not conducive to improving the cutting quality.
  • the first aspect of the present application provides a wire cutting machine, including a feeding assembly, the feeding assembly including a slide box and a swinging device arranged at the lower part of the slide box, the swinging device including: a first swinging plate and a second swinging plate, the second swinging plate is located below the first swinging plate, and the second swinging plate is used to connect the crystal support; a driven tooth portion, the driven tooth portion is arranged on the second swinging plate; a first driving part and a first driving gear, the first driving part is arranged on the first swinging plate, and the first driving part is connected to the first driving gear, and the first driving gear is meshed with the driven tooth portion; a second driving part and a second driving gear, the second driving part is arranged on the first swinging plate, and the second driving part is connected to the second driving gear, and the second driving gear is meshed with the driven tooth portion.
  • the swing stability and swing accuracy of the swing device can be improved, and the production cost can be reduced.
  • servo compensation can be performed on one of the driving parts during the swing process, which is conducive to achieving transmission clearance elimination between the driving gear and the driven gear part, and improving the swing stability and swing accuracy.
  • a control method for a wire cutting machine comprising a feeding assembly, wherein the feeding assembly comprises a slide box and a swinging device arranged at the lower part of the slide box, wherein the swinging device comprises a first swinging plate, a second swinging plate, a first driving part, a first driving gear, a second driving part, a second driving gear and a driven tooth part, wherein the first driving part is connected to the first driving gear, the second driving part is connected to the second driving gear, and the first driving gear and the second driving gear are meshed with the driven tooth part at the same time
  • the control method comprises: controlling the first driving part and the second driving part to start and rotate in the same direction; controlling the first driving part to stop rotating after rotating a first preset angle; controlling the second driving part to slow down, stop rotating or rotate in the opposite direction after rotating a second preset angle, so that the second driving gear and the driven tooth part are reversely engaged; wherein the second preset angle
  • the transmission backlash can be eliminated during the swinging process, thereby improving the swinging stability and control accuracy of the swinging device.
  • the third aspect of the present application provides a control method for a swing device, wherein the wire cutting machine includes a feed assembly, the feed assembly includes a slide box and a swing device arranged at the lower part of the slide box, the swing device includes a first swing plate, a second swing plate, a first drive unit, a first driving gear, a second drive unit, a second driving gear and a driven gear unit, the first drive unit is connected to the first driving gear, the second drive unit is connected to the second driving gear, the first driving gear and the second driving gear are simultaneously meshed with the driven gear unit, and the control method includes: obtaining a first torque of the first drive unit and a second torque of the second drive unit; calculating a difference between the first torque and the second torque; judging a difference between the difference and a preset difference threshold; if the difference is greater than the preset difference threshold, controlling the The driving part with smaller torque among the first driving part and the second driving part increases the rotation speed so that the difference between the adjusted torque of the first driving motor and the torque of the
  • the control method is helpful to realize transmission backlash elimination in the transmission process and improve the swing stability and control accuracy of the swing device.
  • a fourth aspect of the present application provides a control method for a wire cutting machine, the wire cutting machine comprising a liquid circuit system, the liquid circuit system comprising a heat flow pipeline, a liquid supply cylinder, a heating part, a debris box and a second temperature sensor, the cylinder body of the liquid supply cylinder being connected to the box body of the debris box, the cylinder body of the liquid supply cylinder being also connected to the heat flow pipeline, the heat flow pipeline being connected to the inside of the box body, the control method comprising: obtaining the real-time temperature of the cutting fluid in the box body of the debris box; judging the difference between the real-time temperature and a preset temperature threshold or whether the real-time temperature is in a preset temperature range; and controlling the operating state of the heating part according to the judgment result.
  • the temperature of the cutting fluid in the chip box can be effectively adjusted, the temperature stability and the heat preservation effect of the cutting fluid on the slices can be improved, and the quality and yield of the slices can be improved.
  • a fifth aspect of the present application provides a control method for a wire cutting machine, the wire cutting machine comprising a liquid circuit system, the liquid circuit system comprising a heat flow pipeline, a flow regulating valve, a debris box and a liquid level sensor, the heat flow pipeline being connected to the interior of a box body of the debris box, the flow regulating valve being arranged on the heat flow pipeline, the control method comprising: obtaining an actual height of the cutting fluid in the box body of the debris box; judging the difference between the actual height and a preset height threshold or whether the actual height is within a preset height range; and controlling the opening of the flow regulating valve according to the judgment result.
  • the height of the cutting fluid in the chip box can be effectively adjusted so that the height of the cutting fluid meets the set requirements, thereby improving the quality of slicing and the product yield.
  • FIG1 is an assembly diagram of the swing device of Example 1 of the present application
  • FIG2 is a front view of the swing device of Example 1 of the present application
  • FIG3 is a side view of the swing device of Example 1 of the present application
  • FIG4 is an assembly diagram of the clamping mechanism of Example 1 of the present application
  • FIG5 is an assembly diagram of the pushing portion and the transmission portion in the clamping mechanism of Example 1 of the present application
  • FIG6 is a structural diagram of the clamping portion of Example 1 of the present application
  • FIG7 is a side sectional view of the clamping mechanism of Example 1 of the present application at the pushing portion
  • FIG8 is a side sectional view of the clamping mechanism of Example 1 of the present application at the clamping portion
  • FIG9 is a front sectional view of the clamping mechanism of Example 1 of the present application
  • FIG10 is a working principle diagram (I) of the clamping mechanism of Example 1 of the present application
  • FIG11 is a working principle diagram (II) of the clamping mechanism of Example 1 of the present
  • Figure 23 is an assembly diagram of the protective part of Example 3 of the present application;
  • Figure 24 is an assembly diagram of the wire cutting machine of Example 3 of the present application;
  • Figure 25 is a structural diagram of the liquid circuit system of Example 4 of the present application;
  • Figure 26 is a partial structural diagram of the liquid circuit system of Example 4 of the present application;
  • Figure 27 is a schematic diagram of the fluid circulation of the liquid circuit system of Example 4 of the present application;
  • Figure 28 is a structural diagram of the liquid supply cylinder of Example 4 of the present application;
  • Figure 29 is a cross-sectional view of the liquid supply cylinder of Example 4 of the present application;
  • Figure 30 is a structural diagram of the debris box of Example 4 of the present application;
  • Figure 31 is an assembly diagram of the wire cutting machine of Example 4 of the present application;
  • Figure 32 is an assembly diagram of the swinging spray mechanism of Example 5 of the present application;
  • Figure 33 is a front view of the swinging spray mechanism of Example 5 of the present application;
  • Figure 34 is a structural
  • FIG. 36 is a cross-sectional view of the swinging spray mechanism of Example 5 of the present application;
  • FIG. 37 is a partial side cross-sectional view of the swinging spray mechanism of Example 5 of the present application;
  • FIG. 38 is a structural diagram of the spray device of Example 5 of the present application;
  • FIG. 39 is a side cross-sectional view of the spray device of Example 5 of the present application;
  • FIG. 40 is a top cross-sectional view of the spray device of Example 5 of the present application;
  • FIG. 41 is a structural diagram of the debris box of Example 6 of the present application;
  • FIG. 42 is another structural diagram of the debris box of Example 6 of the present application;
  • FIG. 43 is a structural diagram of the liquid supply component of Example 6 of the present application;
  • FIG. 44 is a side cross-sectional view of the liquid supply component of Example 6 of the present application;
  • FIG. 45 is a structural diagram of the debris box of Example 7 of the present application;
  • FIG. 46 is another structural diagram of the debris box of Example 7 of the present application;
  • FIG. 44 is a side cross-sectional view of the liquid supply component of Example 6 of the present application;
  • FIG. 45 is a structural diagram of the debris box of Example 7 of the present application;
  • FIG. 46 is another structural diagram of the debris box of Example 7 of the present application;
  • FIG48 is a structural diagram of the roller assembly of Example 8 of the present invention
  • FIG49 is a partial cross-sectional view of the roller assembly of Example 8 of the present invention
  • FIG50 is an enlarged view of A in FIG49
  • FIG51 is a partial enlarged view of the roller of the roller assembly of Example 8 of the present invention
  • FIG52 is a partial cross-sectional view of the roller assembly of Example 8 of the present invention at the second bearing box and the rotary joint assembly
  • FIG53 is a structural diagram of the rotary joint assembly of the roller assembly of Example 8 of the present invention
  • FIG54 is a cross-sectional view of the rotary joint assembly of the roller assembly of Example 8 of the present invention
  • FIG55 is a schematic diagram of the rotary joint assembly of the roller assembly of Example 8 of the present invention
  • Figure 56 is a three-dimensional structural view of the wire roller of Example 9 of the present application
  • Figure 57 is a cross-sectional view of the wire retracting and un
  • the terms “installed”, “connected”, and “connected” should be understood in a broad sense, for example, it can be a fixed connection, a detachable connection, or an integral connection; it can be a mechanical connection or an electrical connection; it can be a direct connection, or it can be an indirect connection through an intermediate medium, or it can be a connection between the two elements.
  • installed should be understood in a broad sense, for example, it can be a fixed connection, a detachable connection, or an integral connection; it can be a mechanical connection or an electrical connection; it can be a direct connection, or it can be an indirect connection through an intermediate medium, or it can be a connection between the two elements.
  • the wire cutting machine of the present application includes a feeding assembly, the feeding assembly includes a slide box 20 and a swing device 10 arranged at the lower part of the slide box 20, and the swing device 10 includes: a first swing plate 101, a second swing plate 102, a first driving part 103, a first driving gear 104, a second driving part 105, a second driving gear 106 and a driven gear part 107.
  • the second swing plate 102 is swingably arranged below the first swing plate 101, and the second swing plate 102 is used to connect the crystal support 30.
  • the driven tooth portion 107 is arranged on the second swing plate 102, the first driving portion 103 and the second driving portion 105 are both arranged on the first swing plate 101, the first driving portion 103 is connected to the first driving gear 104, the second driving portion 105 is connected to the second driving gear 106, and the first driving gear 104 and the second driving gear 106 are both meshed with the driven tooth portion 107.
  • the first driving portion 103 and the second driving portion 105 are started and rotate back and forth, the first driving portion 103 drives the first driving gear 104 to rotate, the second driving portion 105 drives the second driving gear 106 to rotate, the first driving gear 104 and the second driving gear 106 jointly drive the driven tooth portion 107 to rotate, the driven tooth portion 107 is connected to the second swing plate 102, so that the second swing plate 102 moves with the driven tooth portion 107, that is, the second swing plate 102 swings back and forth relative to the first swing plate 101.
  • the swing stability and swing accuracy of the swing device 10 can be improved, and the production cost can be reduced. Specifically, since two driving parts and two driving gears are provided, servo compensation can be performed on one of the driving parts during the swing process, which helps to achieve transmission clearance elimination between the driving gear and the driven tooth part 107, thereby improving the swing stability and swing accuracy of the swing device 10.
  • the swing device 10 includes a first swing plate 101, a second swing plate 102, a first driving part 103, a first driving gear 104, a second driving part 105, a second driving gear 106, a driven gear part 107, a guide mechanism 108, a clamping assembly 109, a clamping mechanism 110 and a detection assembly 113.
  • the first swing plate 101 and the second swing plate 102 are both rectangular plates, and the second swing plate 102 is located below the first swing plate 101.
  • the first driving part 103 and the second driving part 105 are both arranged on the first swing plate 101, the first driving gear 104 is connected to the first driving part 103, the second driving gear 106 is connected to the second driving part 105, the driven gear part 107 is arranged on the second swing plate 102, and the first driving gear 104 and the second driving gear 106 are both connected to the driven gear part 107.
  • the guide mechanism 108 is disposed between the first swing plate 101 and the second swing plate 102.
  • the guide mechanism 108 is partially connected to the first swing plate 101 and partially connected to the second swing plate 102.
  • the clamping assembly 109 is disposed on the second swing plate 102 and is used to connect to the wafer support 30 to achieve the loading installation of the wafer support 30.
  • the clamping mechanism 110 is disposed on the second swing plate 102, and is used to further clamp the crystal tray 30 after the crystal tray 30 is mounted on the clamping assembly 109, so as to lock the crystal tray 30.
  • the detection assembly 113 is used to detect the state of the clamping mechanism 110 and/or the swing angle of the swing device 10, so as to monitor the state of the swing device 10.
  • the first driving unit 103 is fixedly arranged on the upper side of the first swing plate 101.
  • the upper side of the first swing plate 101 is fixedly connected with a first support 111
  • the first driving unit 103 is fixedly connected to the first support 111.
  • the first driving unit 103 includes a motor and a reducer, the output shaft of the motor is connected with the input shaft of the reducer, the reducer is fixedly connected to the first support 111, and the output shaft of the reducer extends out of the first support 111 and is connected to the first driving gear 104.
  • the second driving unit 105 is fixedly arranged on the upper side of the first swing plate 101, the upper side of the first swing plate 101 is fixedly connected with a second support 112, and the second driving unit 105 is fixedly connected to the second support 112.
  • the second driving unit 105 also includes a motor and a reducer, the output shaft of the motor is connected with the input shaft of the reducer, the reducer is fixedly connected to the second support 112, and the output shaft of the reducer passes through the second support 112 and is connected to the second driving gear 106.
  • the first swing plate 101 is provided with a first through hole 1011, and the first driving gear 104 and the second driving gear 106 are meshed with the driven tooth portion 107 in the first through hole 1011.
  • the first through hole 1011 is provided in the middle of the first swing plate 101 and extends along the width direction of the first swing plate 101 (see FIG. 1 ), and the first driving portion 103 and the second driving portion 105 are centrally symmetrically arranged relative to the upper side surface of the first swing plate 101.
  • the first driving gear 104 and the second driving gear 106 have the same structure, and the two are arranged side by side. After being arranged, the sum of the widths of the first driving gear 104 and the second driving gear 106 is less than or equal to the width of the driven tooth portion 107.
  • the installation of the first driving portion 103 is facilitated, and the structural complexity of the swing device 10 is reduced.
  • the installation stability of the first driving part 103 can be improved.
  • the vibration during the operation of the swing device 10 can be reduced, and the working stability of the swing device 10 can be improved.
  • the first driving gear 104 and the second driving gear 106 side by side, the structure of the swing device 10 is compact, and the working stability of the swing device 10 is improved.
  • the stability of the swing process and the transmission consistency can be improved.
  • the two driving gears can be fully in contact with the driven tooth portion 107, thereby improving the transmission efficiency.
  • the driven tooth portion 107 includes an integrally formed body 1071 and a tooth structure 1072, the body 1071 is a plate, the lower portion of the body 1071 is fixedly connected to the upper side of the second swing plate 102, the top of the body 1071 is arc-shaped, and the tooth structure 1072 is formed on the top of the body 1071.
  • the tooth structure 1072 partially extends into the first through hole 1011 and meshes with the first driving gear 104 and the second driving gear 106.
  • the guide mechanism 108 is connected between the first swing plate 101 and the second swing plate 102, and is used to guide the second swing plate 102 when it swings.
  • the guide mechanism 108 includes an arc guide rail 1081 and an arc slide groove 1082, one of the arc guide rail 1081 and the arc slide groove 1082 is fixedly connected to the lower side of the first swing plate 101, and the other is fixedly connected to the upper side of the second swing plate 102.
  • the arc slide groove 1082 is fixedly connected to the lower side of the first swing plate 101
  • the arc guide rail 1081 is fixedly connected to the upper side of the second swing plate 102
  • the arc guide rail 1081 is inserted into the arc slide groove 1082.
  • two guide mechanisms 108 are provided, and the two guide mechanisms 108 are arranged on both sides of the driven tooth portion 107, and the two guide mechanisms 108 are arranged symmetrically with respect to the upper side of the second swing plate 102.
  • a guide can be provided during the swinging process of the swinging device 10, thereby improving the swinging accuracy and the swinging stability of the swinging device 10.
  • the guiding stability can be improved.
  • the two guide mechanisms 108 symmetrically, the swinging consistency of the swinging device 10 can be improved, thereby improving the working stability of the swinging device 10.
  • the clamping assembly 109 is connected to the second swing plate 102, and the clamping assembly 109 is used to cooperate with the crystal support 30.
  • the clamping assembly 109 includes a clamping plate 1091 and a clamping rail 1092.
  • the clamping plate 1091 is fixedly connected to the lower side of the second swing plate 102 by screwing, welding, riveting, etc.
  • the clamping rail 1092 is used to cooperate with the crystal support 30, and it is arranged at the bottom of the clamping plate 1091.
  • two clamping rails 1092 are provided, and the two rails are symmetrically arranged.
  • the clamping assembly 109 also includes a limit plate 1093 and a limit rod ( Figure (not shown in the figure), the limit plate 1093 is arranged at one end of the lower side of the clamping plate 1091, and is used to limit the crystal support 30 in the length direction of the crystal support 30 during the installation of the crystal support 30.
  • the limit rod is arranged on one side of the lower side of the clamping plate 1091 and extends along the length direction of the clamping plate 1091.
  • a limit groove is provided on the top surface of the crystal support 30.
  • the limit groove on the top surface of the crystal support 30 slides with the limit rod, thereby limiting the crystal support 30 in the width direction of the crystal support 30.
  • the limit plate 1093 By setting the limit plate 1093, the positioning accuracy of the crystal support 30 can be improved, thereby improving the cutting accuracy.
  • the limit rod By setting the limit rod, the positioning accuracy of the crystal support 30 can be improved, so that the clamping assembly 109 has an anti-fool function.
  • the clamping mechanism 110 is disposed on the second swing plate 102, and the clamping mechanism 110 is used to clamp the crystal holder 30.
  • the two clamping mechanisms 110 are provided, and the two clamping mechanisms 110 are disposed on both sides of the driven tooth portion 107, and are centrally symmetrically disposed relative to the upper side surface of the second swing plate 102.
  • Each clamping mechanism 110 includes a pushing portion 1101, a transmission portion 1102, a clamping portion 1103, a base 1104, and a limiting assembly 1105.
  • the base 1104 is disposed on the upper side surface of the second swing plate 102 and connected to the second swing plate 102, and the pushing portion 1101, the transmission portion 1102, the clamping portion 1103, and the limiting assembly 1105 are all disposed on the base 1104.
  • the pushing part 1101 is connected to the transmission part 1102, and the transmission part 1102 is connected to the clamping part 1103.
  • the pushing part 1101 can push the transmission part 1102 to move, so that the transmission part 1102 drives the clamping part 1103 to move in a straight line direction to clamp or release the crystal holder 30, and the pushing direction of the pushing part 1101 and the moving direction of the clamping part 1103 have an angle.
  • the pushing direction of the pushing part 1101 is the horizontal direction
  • the moving direction of the clamping part 1103 is the vertical direction, that is, the angle between the two is a right angle.
  • the transmission part 1102 can convert the horizontal thrust of the pushing part 1101 into a vertical thrust to push the clamping part 1103 to move.
  • the pushing part 1101 includes a piston 11011, a push rod 11012 and a sealing ring 11013.
  • the piston 11011 is movably arranged on the base 1104, the first end of the piston 11011 is connected to the power source, and the second end is connected to the transmission part 1102.
  • the first side surface of the base 1104 is provided with a mounting hole 11041, and the piston 11011 is movably arranged in the mounting hole 11041.
  • the bottom of the mounting hole 11041 is closed, and the outer peripheral side of the piston 11011 is sleeved with a sealing ring 11013, and the piston 11011 can be sealed and slidably installed in the mounting hole 11041 through the sealing ring 11013.
  • the base 1104 is also provided with a second through hole 11042 that is connected to the closed end of the mounting hole 11041, and the closed end of the mounting hole 11041 is connected to the power source through the second through hole 11042.
  • the power source is an air pump, which is connected to the second through hole 11042 through an air pipe.
  • the piston 11011 When the air pump is started, the piston 11011 is pushed and slides along the mounting hole 11041 under the action of air pressure.
  • the two ends of the push rod 11012 are respectively connected to the transmission part 1102 and the piston 11011.
  • the piston 11011 is provided with a first countersunk hole 11014
  • the transmission part 1102 is provided with a second countersunk hole 11024.
  • the two ends of the push rod 11012 are respectively abutted against the bottom of the first countersunk hole 11014 and the bottom of the second countersunk hole 11024.
  • two pushing parts 1101 are provided, and the two pushing parts 1101 are arranged side by side on the same side of the base 1104, and the pistons 11011 of the two pushing parts 1101 are connected to the transmission part 1102 at the same time.
  • the setting of the pushing part 1101, the transmission part 1102 and the clamping part 1103 by the clamping mechanism 110 is conducive to the flexible spatial layout of the clamping mechanism 110, improves the structural compactness of the clamping mechanism 110, and reduces the production cost.
  • the pushing direction of the pushing part 1101 and the moving direction of the clamping part 1103 are arranged at an angle, so that the pushing part 1101 and the clamping part 1103 can be arranged not on the same straight line, but are connected by transmission with the help of the transmission part 1102, while realizing the clamping action, reducing the space occupied, improving the structural compactness of the clamping mechanism 110, and reducing the production cost.
  • the transmission part 1102 can be pushed by the two pushing parts 1101 at the same time to achieve a better clamping or loosening effect, while reducing the overall space occupied by the pushing part 1101.
  • the pushing part 1101 By providing the pushing part 1101, the transmission part 1102 and the clamping part 1103 on the base 1104 at the same time, it is conducive to the effective fixation of the above-mentioned components, and it is conducive to the clamping mechanism 110 to form a product independently and be installed as a whole.
  • a piston 11011 By providing a piston 11011, the movement of the piston 11011 relative to the base 1104 can be used to push the transmission part 1102 to achieve the movement of the clamping part 1103.
  • the clamping effect of the crystal support 30 By providing two clamping mechanisms 110, the clamping effect of the crystal support 30 can be improved. By arranging the two clamping mechanisms 110 symmetrically, the clamping consistency of the swing device 10 can be improved, thereby improving the working stability of the swing device 10.
  • the mounting hole 11041 By movably arranging the piston 11011 in the mounting hole 11041, the installation and movement of the piston 11011 can be achieved at the same time.
  • the mounting hole 11041 By directly and sealably installing the piston 11011 in the mounting hole 11041, the mounting hole 11041 can be used as a cavity for the piston 11011 to move, greatly reducing the structural complexity of the clamping mechanism 110.
  • air pressure By using an air source or a hydraulic pump as the power source, air pressure can be used to effectively move the piston 11011.
  • By setting the push rod 11012 power transmission between the piston 11011 and the transmission part 1102 can be achieved.
  • the piston 11011 By abutting the two ends of the push rod 11012 against the first counterbore 11014, the piston 11011 can be effectively moved.
  • the bottom of the hole and the bottom of the second counterbore 11024 can improve the structural compactness of the clamping mechanism 110 and reduce the volume of the clamping mechanism 110.
  • the transmission part 1102 includes a connecting rod, which is pivotally arranged on the base 1104, the first end of the connecting rod is connected to the second end of the piston 11011, and the second end of the connecting rod is connected to the clamping part 1103.
  • the connecting rod includes a first rod segment 11021, a second rod segment 11022 and a third rod segment 11023 connected in sequence, the first end of the first rod segment 11021 is connected to the third rod segment 11023, the second end of the first rod segment 11021 is connected to the first end of the second rod segment 11022, and the second end of the second rod segment 11022 is connected to the clamping part 1103.
  • the two pushing parts 1101 are respectively located on both sides of the first rod segment 11021, the third rod segment 11023 is extended along the connecting line direction of the two pushing parts 1101, and the third rod segment 11023 is formed by extending from the first end of the first rod segment 11021 to both sides of the first rod segment 11021.
  • a second counterbore 11024 is provided at one end of each third rod segment 11023 away from the first rod segment 11021, and the second counterbore 11024 is connected to one end of the push rod 11012.
  • a first pivot structure is provided at the connection portion between the first rod segment 11021 and the second rod segment 11022, and a second pivot structure is provided on the base 1104, and the first pivot structure is pivotally connected to the second pivot structure.
  • a groove 11043 is provided in the middle of the top surface of the base 1104, and two side walls of the groove 11043 extend outwardly with two lugs 11044, and the lugs 11044 are provided with a second pivot structure.
  • the first pivot structure is a first pivot hole
  • the second pivot structure is a second pivot hole
  • the first pivot hole and the second pivot hole are connected by a pivot shaft.
  • the second end of the second rod segment 11022 is also provided with a pressing member 11025, and the connecting rod is connected to the clamping portion 1103 through the pressing member 11025.
  • the pressing member 11025 is a roller, and the roller is provided with a first connecting structure.
  • the second end of the connecting rod is provided with a mounting position, and the mounting position is provided with a second connecting structure.
  • the first connecting structure is connected to the second connecting structure, so that the roller is rotatably connected to the second end of the connecting rod.
  • the mounting position is a through groove
  • the first connecting structure is a first axial hole
  • the second connecting structure is a second axial hole.
  • the first axial hole and the second axial hole are connected by a rotating shaft, so that the roller is rotatably embedded in the through groove.
  • the transmission part 1102 is set as a connecting rod, and the pivoting of the connecting rod can be used to realize power transmission to realize the movement of the clamping part 1103.
  • the pressing member 11025 By providing the pressing member 11025 at the second end of the connecting rod, the pressing member 11025 can be used to press the clamping portion 1103, thereby improving the working stability of the clamping mechanism 110.
  • the pressing member 11025 as a roller, the friction during the pressing process between the pressing member 11025 and the clamping portion 1103 can be reduced, thereby improving the stability of the pressing process.
  • the third rod segment 11023 it is helpful to improve the connection stability between the two pushing portions 1101 and the connecting rod.
  • the pushing portion 1101 on both sides of the first rod segment 11021 the force on the connecting rod during the pushing process is uniform, thereby improving the working stability of the clamping device.
  • the limit assembly 1105 is arranged on the base 1104, and is used to limit the pivot angle of the connecting rod.
  • the limit assembly 1105 includes a limit block 11051 and an intervening fastener 11052, the limit block 11051 is fixedly connected to the base 1104, a threaded hole is provided on the limit block 11051, and the intervening fastener 11052 is screwed into the threaded hole and arranged opposite to the first end of the first rod segment 11021.
  • the intervening fastener 11052 is a hexagon socket screw plug, which is screwed into the threaded hole on the limit block 11051.
  • the limit block 11051 After installation, there is a certain distance between the limit block 11051 and the base 1104, and the part of the first end of the first rod segment 11021 that extends downward relative to the third rod segment 11023 can move in the space.
  • the limit assembly 1105 By setting the limit assembly 1105, the limit assembly 1105 can be used to limit the pivot angle of the connecting rod to control the degree to which the connecting rod presses the clamping part 1103 downward, thereby achieving adjustment of the clamping force.
  • the clamping part 1103 includes a clamping cylinder seat 11031, a clamping cylinder rod 11032, an elastic member 11033, a positioning member 11034, a guide sleeve 11035 and a nut 11036.
  • the clamping cylinder seat 11031 is fixedly connected to the base 1104, and more specifically, a through hole is provided at the position of the second swing plate 102 corresponding to the clamping part 1103, and the clamping cylinder seat 11031, the base 1104 and the clamping plate 1091 are connected together by fasteners.
  • a countersunk hole is provided on the clamping plate 1091, a through hole is provided at the bottom of the clamping cylinder seat 11031, and a threaded hole is provided at the bottom of the base 1104.
  • the hexagon socket bolt passes through the clamping plate 1091 and the clamping cylinder seat 11031 and is screwed into the threaded hole at the bottom of the base 1104, thereby fixing the clamping cylinder seat 11031, the base 1104 and the clamping plate 1091 together.
  • the first end of the clamping cylinder rod 11032 is provided with a clamping structure, and the second end of the clamping cylinder rod 11032 is connected to the transmission part 1102.
  • the clamping cylinder rod 11032 is slidably provided on the clamping cylinder seat 11031, and the clamping structure extends out of the clamping cylinder seat 11031.
  • the clamping structure is an inverted T-shaped rod, and the base 1104
  • a sliding hole 11045 is provided on the clamping cylinder seat 11031, which is fixedly connected to one end of the sliding hole 11045, and the second end of the clamping cylinder rod 11032 extends into the sliding hole 11045.
  • the positioning member 11034 is fixedly connected to the clamping cylinder rod 11032, and the two ends of the elastic member 11033 are respectively abutted against the positioning member 11034 and the clamping cylinder seat 11031.
  • the elastic member 11033 stores elastic potential energy.
  • the second end of the clamping cylinder rod 11032 is provided with a shaft shoulder, and the positioning member 11034 is a gasket, which abuts against the shaft shoulder and is screwed to the second end of the clamping cylinder rod 11032 through a nut 11036 and is locked on the clamping cylinder rod 11032.
  • the elastic member 11033 is a disc spring, and a plurality of disc springs are provided. The plurality of disc springs are sleeved on the clamping cylinder rod 11032.
  • the disc springs are located between the positioning member 11034 and the clamping cylinder seat 11031.
  • the guide sleeve 11035 is fixedly sleeved on the second end of the clamping cylinder rod 11032, and the outer wall of the guide sleeve 11035 matches the inner wall of the sliding hole 11045.
  • the guide sleeve 11035 is inserted through the second end of the clamping cylinder rod 11032 and covers a portion of the nut 11036.
  • the second end of the clamping cylinder rod 11032 is clamped with an elastic clamp ring. Referring to FIG. 8 , when the arrangement is completed, the bottom of the roller abuts against the top of the clamping cylinder rod 11032.
  • the clamping part 1103 can be automatically returned by the elastic member 11033.
  • the elastic potential energy of the elastic member 11033 can be released to realize the automatic return of the clamping part 1103 to clamp the crystal support 30.
  • the setting method is simple and practical.
  • the control air pump starts to run, and the air pressure enters the installation hole 11041 through the second through hole 11042 and pushes the piston 11011 to move outward.
  • the piston 11011 pushes the third rod segment 11023 through the push rod 11012, and then the third rod segment 11023 pivots upward, and the second rod segment 11022 pivots downward.
  • the roller presses downward against the top of the clamping cylinder rod 11032, and the clamping cylinder rod 11032 moves downward under the guidance of the guide sleeve 11035, and the inverted T-shaped rod moves downward, and the disc spring is compressed to produce elastic deformation.
  • the crystal holder 30 can be slidably clamped to the clamping plate 1091 through the cooperation of the inverted T-shaped groove on the crystal holder 30 and the inverted T-shaped rod, and with the help of the guiding action of the clamping rail 1092 and the limit rod.
  • the controller pump stops running, the disc spring releases elastic potential energy to drive the clamping cylinder rod 11032 to move upward, and the inverted T-shaped rod drives the crystal tray 30 to move upward together, and finally the crystal tray 30 is clamped on the bottom surface of the clamping plate 1091.
  • the detection assembly 113 is arranged on the second swing plate 102, and is used to detect the swing angle of the swing device 10 and/or the state of the clamping mechanism 110.
  • the detection assembly 113 includes a position sensor 1131 and an angle sensor 1132, the position sensor 1131 is arranged on the second swing plate 102, and is used to detect the state of the clamping mechanism 110, and the angle sensor 1132 is arranged on the second swing plate 102, and is used to detect the swing angle of the swing device 10.
  • the position sensor 1131 detects the state of the clamping mechanism 110 by detecting the position of the transmission part 1102.
  • the position sensor 1131 is arranged on the upper side of the second swing plate 102 and is located at one end of the second swing plate 102 along its length direction, the third rod segment 11023 of the clamping mechanism 110 faces outward, and the position sensor 1131 is arranged corresponding to the end of the third rod segment 11023.
  • a first mounting frame 114 is arranged on the upper side of the second swing plate 102, and the position sensor 1131 is fixed to the first mounting frame 114.
  • the first mounting frame 114 is an L-shaped plate, the horizontal plate of the L-shaped plate is fixed to the upper side of the second swing plate 102 by bolts, welding or riveting, and the position sensor 1131 is fixed to the vertical plate of the L-shaped plate by screwing, clamping, etc.
  • the detection component 113 includes two position sensors 1131, and the two position sensors 1131 are arranged at both ends of the second swing plate 102 along its length direction, and each position sensor 1131 is arranged corresponding to the end of a third rod segment 11023.
  • the position sensor 1131 is a proximity sensor, and when the third rod segment 11023 pivots upward under the push of the piston 11011, the third rod segment 11023 is close to the position sensor 1131, so as to be detected by the position sensor 1131.
  • the position sensor 1131 By providing the position sensor 1131, it is helpful to detect the state of the clamping mechanism 110, improve the safety of the swing device 10, and reduce safety risks. By detecting the position of the transmission part 1102 by the position sensor 1131 to detect the state of the clamping mechanism 110, the detection difficulty can be reduced. By providing the position sensor 1131 in correspondence with the pivot end, the state of the clamping mechanism 110 can be detected by utilizing the large amplitude of the position change during the pivoting of the connecting rod, thereby improving the detection accuracy. By providing the position sensor 1131 on the upper side of the second swing plate 102, installation is facilitated and interference with components connected to the lower side of the second swing plate 102 is avoided.
  • the position sensor 1131 By providing the position sensor 1131 at one end of the second swing plate 102 along its length direction, installation and maintenance of the position sensor 1131 are facilitated. By using the first mounting bracket 114 to fix the position sensor The position sensor 1131 can be easily installed, and is conducive to adjusting the installation position of the position sensor 1131, so that the position sensor 1131 is suitable for more different types of swing devices 10. By providing a position sensor 1131 corresponding to each of the two clamping mechanisms 110, the two clamping mechanisms 110 can be detected at the same time, thereby improving the detection accuracy and further reducing safety hazards.
  • the angle sensor 1132 is arranged on the upper side of the second swing plate 102 and is located in the middle of one end of the second swing plate 102 along its length direction.
  • the second swing plate 102 is provided with a second mounting bracket 115 in the middle of the end, and the angle sensor 1132 is fixed to the second mounting bracket 115.
  • the mounting bracket is a "X"-shaped plate, and the two lower cross plates of the "X"-shaped plate are fixedly connected to the top surface of the second swing plate 102 by screwing, welding or riveting, and the angle sensor 1132 is fixed to the upper cross plate of the "X"-shaped plate by screwing, riveting, etc.
  • the specific form of the angle sensor 1132 is not limited, and any sensor that can detect the swing angle can be applied to the present application.
  • the angle sensor 1132 can detect the swing angle of the second swing plate 102, so that the wire cutting machine can judge the swing condition of the second swing plate 102 based on the angle.
  • the detection of the swing angle can be used to determine whether the swing of the swing device 10 is within a preset range, so as to avoid the swing exceeding the preset range to cause a safety accident, improve the safety of the swing device 10, and reduce safety risks.
  • the angle sensor 1132 By setting the angle sensor 1132 on the upper side of the second swing plate 102, it is convenient to install, and avoids interference with the components connected to the lower side of the second swing plate 102. By setting the angle sensor 1132 at one end of the second swing plate 102 along its length direction, it is convenient to install and maintain the angle sensor 1132. By using the second mounting frame 115 to install the angle sensor 1132, it is conducive to the simple installation of the angle sensor 1132, and it is conducive to adjusting the installation position of the angle sensor 1132, so that the angle sensor 1132 is suitable for more different models of swing devices 10.
  • the present application further provides a feeding assembly, which includes a slide box 20 and the above-mentioned swing device 10, and the swing device 10 is arranged on the slide box 20.
  • a receiving cavity is formed at the bottom of the slide box 20
  • the first swing plate 101 is connected to the bottom of the slide box 20
  • the first drive unit 103 and the second drive unit 105 are located in the receiving cavity.
  • the volume of the feeding assembly can be reduced, the structure of the feeding assembly can be made compact, and the production cost can be reduced.
  • the setting method of the feeding assembly is not limited to this, and those skilled in the art can adjust it, such as the bottom of the slide box 20 can also not form a receiving cavity, and the first swing plate 101 is directly connected to the bottom of the slide box 20.
  • the feed assembly 1 includes a mounting portion 11, a slide box 12, a lifting portion 13 and a driving portion 14.
  • the slide box 12 is mounted on the mounting portion 11 so as to be liftable through the lifting portion 13.
  • the driving portion 14 is mounted on the mounting portion 11 and connected to the slide box 12 to drive the slide box 12 to be lifted and lowered.
  • four lifting portions 13 are provided, and the four lifting portions 13 are mounted on two opposite sides of the slide box 12.
  • two lifting portions 13 are mounted on each of the two opposite sides of the slide box 12, and the two opposite sides on which the lifting portions 13 are mounted are arranged along the reciprocating direction of the diamond wire, wherein the two lifting portions 13 located on the same side are located on two vertical sides of the side.
  • the cross section of the slide box 12 is roughly rectangular, and includes four sides.
  • two lifting portions 13 are mounted on the upper left side, and the other two lifting portions 13 are mounted on the lower right side.
  • the lifting parts 13 By installing the lifting parts 13 on the two sides arranged along the reciprocating direction of the diamond wire, during the cutting process, the displacement of the slide box 12 in the reciprocating direction of the cutting line can be limited by the lifting parts 13, thereby improving the cutting stability and cutting accuracy.
  • the lifting parts 13 By providing four lifting parts 13, and two on each of the two side surfaces, the lifting parts 13 can be evenly distributed on the two side surfaces, thereby ensuring the movement balance of the slide box 12.
  • the frame movement of the slide box 12 By providing two lifting parts 13 on the same side surface on two vertical side surfaces, the frame movement of the slide box 12 can be minimized, thereby improving the stability of the slide box 12.
  • the mounting portion 11 includes a first base 111 and a second base 112.
  • the first base 111 and the second base 112 are disposed opposite to each other, and the first base 111 and the second base 112 are disposed opposite to one of the two side surfaces on which the lifting portion 13 is mounted.
  • the first base 111 is located at the upper left
  • the second base 112 is located at the lower right.
  • the first base 111 is connected to the upper left side surface of the skateboard box 12 via two lifting portions 13, and the second base 112 is connected to the skateboard box
  • the lower right side surfaces of the first and second bases 111 and 112 are connected by two lifting parts 13.
  • the first base 111 and the second base 112 are respectively arranged opposite to one of the two side surfaces on which the lifting part 13 is installed, so that the installation difficulty of the lifting part 13 can be reduced and the installation accuracy can be ensured.
  • the lifting part 13 includes a slide rail 131 and a slider 132, one of which is installed on the slide box 12, and the other of which is installed on the mounting part 11.
  • the slide rail 131 is correspondingly provided with two sliders 132
  • the slide rail 131 is fixedly connected to the slide box 12, and the two sliders 132 are arranged up and down and fixedly connected to the mounting part 11.
  • the driving unit 14 includes a power assembly 141 and a transmission assembly 142.
  • the power assembly 141 is fixedly mounted on the mounting portion 11, and the power assembly 141 is connected to the slide box 12 through the transmission assembly 142.
  • the power assembly 141 includes a motor 1411 and a reducer 1412
  • the transmission assembly 142 includes a lead screw 1421 and a nut 1422 meshed with each other, the lead screw 1421 is connected to the power assembly 141, and the nut 1422 is connected to the slide box 12.
  • a support plate 115 and a support seat 116 are mounted on the first base 111, and the motor 1411 and the reducer 1412 are connected and installed on the support seat 116 together, and the reducer 1412 and the lead screw 1421 are connected through a coupling to achieve synchronous rotation of the two.
  • the lead screw 1421 passes through a bearing fixed in a groove of the support plate 115 and then extends out of the support plate 115.
  • the nut 1422 is screwed onto the lead screw 1421 and is fixedly connected to the slide box 12 via the connecting plate 117.
  • the lead screw 1421 is driven to rotate via the reducer 1412, and the nut 1422 moves up and down with the rotation of the lead screw 1421 and transmits this movement to the slide box 12 via the connecting plate 117, and then the slide box 12 drives the workpiece to be cut installed at the bottom thereof to move in the vertical direction.
  • the driving part 14 is located on one of the two side surfaces where the lifting part 13 is installed, and a first recessed structure 121 that at least partially accommodates the driving part 14 is formed on the side of the slide box 12 corresponding to the mounting part 11.
  • the driving unit 14 is located between the first base 111 and the upper left side of the slide box 12, and a first recessed structure 121 is formed on the upper left side of the slide box 12.
  • the lead screw 1421 and the nut 1422 are located in the first recessed structure 121, and the motor 1411 and the reducer 1412 extend out of the first recessed structure 121.
  • the mounting portion 11 further includes a third base 113 and a fourth base 114, the third base 113 and the fourth base 114 are arranged opposite to each other, and the first base 111, the third base 113, the second base 112 and the fourth base 114 are sequentially connected to form a frame.
  • the stability of the base can be improved, thereby improving the installation and lifting stability of the slide box 12.
  • the feed assembly 1 further includes a buffer portion 5 disposed between the mounting portion 11 and the slide box 12, and the buffer portion 5 is used to prevent the slide box 12 from descending under the action of its own weight.
  • the buffer portion 5 is a cylinder, and the number thereof is two.
  • the two cylinders are mounted on two opposite sides of the slide box 12, and the two opposite sides on which the cylinders are mounted are arranged in a direction perpendicular to the reciprocating direction of the diamond wire.
  • the two sides on which the cylinders are mounted each form a second recessed structure 122 that at least partially accommodates the cylinders.
  • the four lifting portions 13 are respectively mounted on the lower left side and the upper right side of the slide box 12, and the upper right side forms a first recessed structure 121, and the first recessed structure 121 accommodates the lead screw 1421 and the nut 1422 therein, and the motor 1411 and the reducer 1412 are arranged horizontally as a whole.
  • the two cylinders are respectively installed on the upper left side and the lower right side of the skateboard box 12, and the upper left side and the lower right side of the skateboard box 12 form a second recessed structure 122.
  • the skateboard box 12 forms a mounting plate in the second recessed structure 122.
  • the piston rods of the two cylinders are respectively fixed to a mounting plate, and the cylinder bodies of the two cylinders are respectively fixed to the third base 113 and the fourth base 114.
  • the piston rod extends from the cylinder body to apply an upward lifting force to the skateboard box 12.
  • the piston rod retracts into the cylinder body, and the auxiliary motor 1411 lifts the skateboard box 12 to move upward.
  • the buffer part 5 the operating load of the driving part 14 is reduced, which is conducive to the miniaturization of the driving part 14 and saves manufacturing costs.
  • the weight of the skateboard box 12 can be balanced and the movement stability of the skateboard box 12 can be improved.
  • the structural complexity can be reduced, and the weight distribution of the slide box 12 can be balanced.
  • the second recessed structure 122 the space for arranging the buffer part 5 can be reasonably utilized, the weight of the feed assembly 1 can be reduced, and the space occupation and production cost of the feed assembly 1 can be reduced.
  • the feed assembly 1 includes a mounting portion 11, a slide box 12, a guide portion 13, a drive portion 14, a protective portion 15 and a swing device 16.
  • the mounting portion 11 is mounted on a target mounting part.
  • the following embodiments are described by taking the target mounting part as the frame 21 of the cutting assembly 2 as an example.
  • the slide box 12 is vertically movably mounted on the mounting portion 11 through the guide portion 13.
  • the drive portion 14 is mounted on the mounting portion 11 and connected to the slide box 12 to drive the slide box 12 to move up and down.
  • the protective portion 15 is mounted between the slide box 12 and the mounting portion 11 to block the gap between the slide box 12 and the mounting portion 11, and the other part is mounted between the mounting portion 11 and the frame 21 to block the gap between the mounting portion 11 and the frame 21.
  • the swing device 16 is arranged at the bottom of the slide box 12, which can swing relative to the slide box 12. The bottom of the swing device 16 is used to mount a crystal tray, which is used to carry the piece 8 to be cut.
  • the mounting portion 11 includes a first base 111, a second base 112, a third base 113 and a fourth base 114.
  • the first base 111 and the second base 112 are arranged opposite to each other, the third base 113 and the fourth base 114 are arranged opposite to each other, and the first base 111, the third base 113, the second base 112 and the fourth base 114 are connected in sequence to form a frame.
  • the skateboard box 12 is connected to the first base 111 and the second base 112 respectively through the guide portion 13.
  • the first base 111 is located at the lower right
  • the second base 112 is located at the upper left
  • the third base 113 is located at the lower left
  • the fourth base 114 is located at the upper right.
  • the first base 111 and the second base 112 are fixedly connected to the frame 21 by screwing, welding, etc.
  • the third base 113 is connected to one end of the first base 111 and the second base 112, respectively, and abuts against the frame 21
  • the fourth base 114 is connected to the other end of the first base 111 and the second base 112, respectively, and abuts against the frame 21.
  • the four bases are connected in sequence to form a frame, which can improve the stability of the base, thereby improving the installation and lifting stability of the slide box 12.
  • the guide part 13 includes a slide rail 131 and a slider 132, one of which is mounted on the slide box 12, and the other of which is mounted on the first base 111 or the second base 112.
  • the slide rail 131 is correspondingly provided with two sliders 132
  • the slide rail 131 is fixedly connected to the slide box 12
  • the two sliders 132 are arranged up and down and fixedly connected to the first base 111 or the second base 112.
  • four guide parts 13 are provided, and the four guide parts 13 are installed on two opposite sides of the slide box 12.
  • the first base 111 is connected to the slide box 12 by two guide parts 13, and the second base 112 is connected to the slide box 12 by two guide parts 13.
  • the guide parts 13 the emergency process of the slide box 12 can be guided, and the feeding accuracy of the slide box 12 can be improved.
  • the stability of the feeding process can be improved by distributing the guide part 13 on multiple sides of the slide box 12.
  • the movement stability during the guide rail guidance can be improved by providing multiple slide blocks 132.
  • the driving unit 14 includes a power assembly and a transmission assembly (both are not shown in the figure), the power assembly is fixedly mounted on the first base 111, and the power assembly is connected to the slide box 12 through the transmission assembly.
  • the power assembly includes a motor and a reducer
  • the transmission assembly includes a lead screw and a nut meshing with each other, the lead screw is connected to the output shaft of the reducer, and the nut is connected to the slide box 12.
  • the lead screw is driven to rotate through the reducer, and the nut moves up and down with the rotation of the lead screw and transmits this movement to the slide box 12, so that the slide box 12 drives the piece to be cut 8 installed at the bottom thereof to move in the vertical direction.
  • the swing device 16 is installed at the bottom of the slide box 12 , and can swing with the axis of the workpiece 8 to be cut as the rotation axis.
  • the specific structure of the swing device 16 has been introduced and is relatively common in the art, so it will not be repeated here.
  • the protection part 15 includes a first protection member 151, a second protection member 152, a first adapter member 153 and a second adapter member 154.
  • the first protection member 151 is connected between the mounting part 11 and the slide box 12 to block the gap between the mounting part 11 and the slide box 12
  • the second protection member 152 is connected between the mounting part 11 and the frame 21 to block the gap between the mounting part 11 and the frame 21.
  • the first protection member 151 and the second protection member 152 are partially connected to the first adapter member 153, and the first adapter member 153 is connected to the mounting part 11 through the second adapter member 154, so that the first protection member 151 and the second protection member 152 are connected to the mounting part 11 through the first adapter member 153 and the second adapter member 154.
  • the first protective member 151 includes a first flange 1511, a second flange 1512 and a flexible connector 1513.
  • the first flange 1511 is connected to the mounting portion 11, the second flange 1512 is connected to the slide box 12, and the flexible connector 1513 is connected between the first flange 1511 and the second flange 1512.
  • the first flange 1511 is an annular outer flange.
  • the side of the first flange 1511 parallel to the extension direction of the first base 111 is fixedly connected to the bottom surface of the first base 111 by screwing, bonding or welding.
  • the side of the first flange 1511 parallel to the extension direction of the second base 112 is screwed, bonded or welded.
  • the first flange 1511 is fixedly connected to the bottom surface of the second base 112 by means of, and the two side edges of the first flange 1511 that are perpendicular to the extension direction of the first base 111 or the second base 112 are connected to the first base 111 and the second base 112 by means of a first adapter 153 and a second adapter 154.
  • the second flange 1512 is an annular inner flange, and the four side edges of the second flange 1512 are fixedly connected to the bottom surface of the skateboard box 12 by means of screw connection, bonding or welding.
  • the flexible connector 1513 in this application is an accordion-type annular sleeve, which can achieve adaptive expansion and contraction through a plurality of folded plates folded together during the lifting and lowering process of the skateboard box 12.
  • the first flange 1511 and the second flange 1512 can be metal parts or other hard materials
  • the accordion-type annular sleeve can be made of nylon cloth or other soft materials.
  • the second protection member 152 includes a third flange 1521, a fourth flange 1522 and a fixed connection member 1523.
  • the third flange 1521 is connected to the mounting portion 11, the fourth flange 1522 is connected to the frame 21, and the fixed connection member 1523 is connected between the third flange 1521 and the fourth flange 1522.
  • the third flange 1521 is an annular inner flange.
  • the side of the third flange 1521 parallel to the extension direction of the first base 111 is fixedly connected to the bottom surface of the first base 111 by screwing, bonding or welding.
  • the side of the third flange 1521 parallel to the extension direction of the second base 112 is fixedly connected to the bottom surface of the second base 112 by screwing, bonding or welding.
  • the two sides of the third flange 1521 perpendicular to the extension direction of the first base 111 or the second base 112 are connected to the first base 111 and the second base 112 by the first adapter 153 and the second adapter 154.
  • the fourth flange 1522 is an annular outer flange, and an opening is provided on the frame 21.
  • the four sides of the fourth flange 1522 are fixedly connected to the bottom outer edge of the opening by screwing, bonding or welding.
  • the fixed connection member 1523 is annular, and connects the third flange 1521 with the fourth flange 1522.
  • the second protective member 152 can be formed by pressing a metal material as a whole, or can be made of other hard materials.
  • the length of the first base 111 and the second base 112 in the extension direction is set to be less than the length of the opening in the direction, so that a large gap is formed between the opening and both ends of the first base 111 and the second base 112 along the extension direction.
  • both ends of the first protective member 151 along the extension direction of the first base 111/the second base 112 extend out of the first base 111 and the second base 112, and the extended portion of the first protective member 151 is connected to the first base 111 and the second base 112 through the first adapter 153 and the second adapter 154.
  • Both ends of the second protective member 152 along the extension direction of the first base 111/the second base 112 extend out of the first base 111 and the second base 112, and the portion of the second protective member 152 extending out of the mounting portion 11 is connected to the first base 111 and the second base 112 through the first adapter 153 and the second adapter 154.
  • the first adapter 153 is an adapter plate
  • the second adapter 154 is an adapter block.
  • two adapter plates are provided, and four adapter blocks are provided. The two adapter plates are respectively located outside the third base 113 and the fourth base 114.
  • Two adapter blocks are fixedly provided on each adapter plate, and one of the two adapter blocks is fixedly connected to the first base 111, and the other is fixedly connected to the second base 112.
  • the two side edges of the first flange 1511 perpendicular to the extension direction of the first base 111 or the second base 112, and the two side edges of the first flange 1511 perpendicular to the extension direction of the first base 111 or the second base 112 are fixedly connected to the adapter plate, the bottom surface of the adapter block is connected to the adapter plate, and the side surface of the adapter block is connected to the first base 111 or the second base 112.
  • the two adapter plates fix the first protective member 151 and the second protective member 152 and cover the gap between the first base 111 and the second base 112 and the frame 21 .
  • the gap between the mounting portion 11 and the skateboard box 12 can be shielded, effectively preventing the diffusion of dust and water mist, and improving the dust protection effect of the equipment.
  • the first flange 1511, the second flange 1512 and the flexible connector 1513 dust and water mist can be blocked between the mounting portion 11 and the skateboard box 12, and the provision of the flexible connector 1513 also ensures that the skateboard box 12 does not reduce the protection effect during feeding, thereby improving the protection effect of the first protective member 151.
  • the first flange 1511 and the second flange 1512 in a ring shape it is beneficial to achieve all-round shielding of dust and improve the protection effect.
  • the gap between the mounting portion 11 and the frame 21 can be shielded, effectively preventing the diffusion of dust and water mist, and improving the dust protection effect of the equipment.
  • the third flange 1521, the fourth flange 1522 and the fixed connector 1523 dust and water mist can be blocked between the mounting portion 11 and the frame 21, and the provision of the fixed connector 1523 also stabilizes the protective effect.
  • the third flange 1521, the fourth flange 1522 and the fixed connector 1523 in a ring shape, it is beneficial to achieve all-round shielding of dust and improve the protective effect.
  • the first adapter 153 to partially connect the first protective member 151 and the second protective member 152 to the mounting portion 11, the difficulty of installation can be reduced.
  • an adapter plate to cover the first protective member 151 or the second protective member 152, it is beneficial to achieve the compactness of the structure of the feed assembly 1, while improving the protective effect of the protective portion 15.
  • the present application also provides a wire cutting machine, which includes the feed assembly 1 described in the above embodiment.
  • the wire cutting machine includes a feed assembly 1, a cutting assembly 2, a liquid circuit assembly 3, a winding assembly 4, an electric control box 5, a liquid supply cylinder 6 and a base 7.
  • the cutting assembly 2, the liquid circuit assembly 3 and the winding assembly 4 are arranged on the base 7, and the electric control box 5 is arranged on the top upper side of the winding assembly 4.
  • the liquid supply cylinder 6 is used to store cutting fluid.
  • the cutting assembly 2 includes a frame 21 and a main roller assembly 23 arranged on the frame 21, and the feed assembly 1 can be raised and lowered on the frame 21 of the cutting assembly 2.
  • the mounting portion 11 of the feed assembly 1 is fixedly connected to the frame 21 by screwing, welding, etc.
  • the electric control box 5 controls the coordinated work of each assembly.
  • the winding assembly 4 provides the cutting wire routing to the cutting assembly 2.
  • the workpiece 8 to be cut is mounted on the swing device 16 at the bottom of the feeding assembly 1.
  • the feeding assembly 1 drives the workpiece 8 to be cut downward, and the swing device 16 electrically drives the workpiece 8 to be cut to rotate and swing along its own axis, so that the workpiece 8 to be cut is cut into sheets by the cutting wire in the cutting assembly 2.
  • the dust generated during the cutting process is trapped in the frame 21 of the cutting assembly 2 by the protective part 15 and cannot spread outward.
  • the liquid circuit system of the present application is introduced below with reference to Figures 25 to 30.
  • the wire cutting machine of the present application also includes a liquid circuit system 10, and the liquid circuit system 10 includes a cold flow pipeline 101, a hot flow pipeline 102, a frame 105, a heat exchanger 106, a filter component 107, a liquid supply cylinder 108, a debris box 109, an upper spray device 110 and a lower spray device 111.
  • the frame 105 is constructed of metal square tubes and is used to install various components in the liquid circuit system 10. After installation, the liquid circuit system 10 is assembled as a module.
  • the cold flow pipeline 101 includes a cold flow main pipe 1011, a first cold flow branch pipe 1012 and a second cold flow branch pipe 1013.
  • the cold flow main pipe 1011 includes a first transverse pipe section 10111, a first vertical pipe section 10112, and a second transverse pipe section 10113 which are connected in sequence.
  • the first end of the first transverse pipe section 10111 is connected to the heat exchanger 106, the second end of the first transverse pipe section 10111 is connected to the lower end of the first vertical pipe section 10112, the upper end of the first vertical pipe section 10112 is connected to one end of the second transverse pipe section 10113, and the other end of the second transverse pipe section 10113 is connected to the first end of the first cold flow branch pipe 1012 and the first end of the second cold flow branch pipe 1013 through a tee, and a flow meter 1014 is provided on the first vertical pipe section 10112.
  • the first cold flow branch pipe 1012 is extended in the horizontal direction, and its second end is connected to the first cooling device.
  • the first cooling device is an upper spray device 110, which is mainly used to spray the upper part of the cut piece.
  • the second cold flow branch pipe 1013 is extended in the vertical direction, and its second end is connected to the second cooling device.
  • the second cooling device is a lower spray device 111, and the lower spray device 111 is mainly used to spray the cutting line and the lower part of the piece to be cut.
  • the "horizontal" and “vertical” in the above-mentioned first horizontal pipe section 10111, the first vertical pipe section 10112 and the second horizontal pipe section 10113 refer to the approximate extension direction of the pipeline. In other words, the pipeline only needs to extend roughly in the horizontal and vertical directions, and it is not necessary for the entire section to extend strictly in the horizontal and vertical directions.
  • the fluid circuit system 10 also includes a first mounting member 1051, a second mounting member 1052, a first mounting bracket 1053, and a second mounting bracket 1054.
  • the first transverse pipe section 10111 is fixed to the first mounting position by the first mounting member 1051.
  • the first mounting member 1051 includes an angle steel and a U-shaped bolt.
  • the angle steel is fixed to the top square steel of the frame 105 by bolts
  • the first transverse pipe section 10111 is fixed to the square steel by U-shaped bolts.
  • the second transverse pipe section 10113 is fixed to the second mounting position by the second mounting member 1052.
  • the second mounting member 1052 includes an angle steel and a U-shaped bolt. The angle steel is fixed to the outer shell of the electrical box 50 (see FIG.
  • the first vertical pipe section 10112 is fixed at the third installation position by the first mounting bracket 1053.
  • the first mounting bracket 1053 is constructed by square steel, the lower part of the first mounting bracket 1053 is fixed to the top of the frame 105 by bolts, the upper part of the first mounting bracket 1053 is provided with a mounting plate and U-bolts, the mounting plate is fixedly connected to the top of the first mounting bracket 1053, and the first vertical pipe section 10112 is fixed to the mounting plate by U-bolts.
  • the second cold flow branch pipe 1013 is fixed at the fourth installation position by the second mounting bracket 1054.
  • the second mounting bracket 1054 is constructed by square steel, the lower part of the second mounting bracket 1054 is fastened to the top of the winding assembly 40 (refer to Figure 31) by bolts, the upper part of the second mounting bracket 1054 is provided with a mounting plate and U-bolts, the mounting plate is fixedly connected to the top of the second mounting bracket 1054, and the second cold flow branch pipe 1013 is fixed to the mounting plate by U-bolts.
  • the stability of each pipe section of the cold flow main pipe 1011 can be improved.
  • the second mounting bracket 1054 to fix the second cold flow The branch pipe 1013 can improve the connection stability of the second cold flow branch pipe 1013.
  • the flow of the cold flow main pipe 1011 can be monitored, which is beneficial to control the flow of the fluid.
  • the heat flow pipeline 102 includes a heat flow main pipe 1021, a first heat flow branch pipe 1022, and a second heat flow branch pipe 1023.
  • the heat flow main pipe 1021 includes a second vertical pipe section 10211 and a third horizontal pipe section 10212 that are connected to each other, the first end of the second vertical pipe section 10211 is connected to the filter component 107, the second end of the second vertical pipe section 10211 is connected to the first end of the third horizontal pipe section 10212, and the second end of the third horizontal pipe section 10212 is simultaneously connected to the first end of the first heat flow branch pipe 1022 and the first end of the second heat flow branch pipe 1023.
  • the first heat flow branch pipe 1022 is extended in the vertical direction, the second end of which is connected to the heat transfer device, and a flow regulating valve 1024 is provided on the first heat flow branch pipe 1022.
  • the heat transfer device is a debris box 109
  • the flow regulating valve 1024 is an electrically controlled valve, preferably a motor valve with controllable opening.
  • the specific form of the motor valve is not limited, and it can be a ball valve, a butterfly valve, etc.
  • the second hot flow branch pipe 1023 is extended in the horizontal direction, and its second end is connected to the first cold flow branch pipe 1012, and the first cold flow branch pipe 1012 is provided with a first shut-off valve 1015, and the second hot flow branch pipe 1023 is provided with a second shut-off valve 1025.
  • the first shut-off valve 1015 and the second shut-off valve 1025 are both manual valves.
  • the "horizontal" and “vertical” in the second vertical pipe section 10211 and the third horizontal pipe section 10212 refer to the approximate extension direction of the pipeline. In other words, the pipeline only needs to extend approximately in the horizontal and vertical directions, and it is not necessary for the entire section to extend strictly in the horizontal and vertical directions.
  • the fluid circuit system 10 further includes a third mounting member 1055, and the third transverse pipe section 10212 is fixed at the fifth mounting position by the third mounting member 1055.
  • the third mounting member 1055 includes an angle steel and a U-shaped bolt, the angle steel is fixed to the outer shell of the electrical box 50 (refer to FIG. 31 ) of the wire cutting machine by bolts, and the third transverse pipe section 10212 is fixed to the square steel by a U-shaped bolt.
  • shut-off valves By respectively arranging the shut-off valves on the first cold flow branch pipe 1012 and the second hot flow branch pipe 1023, it is convenient to switch the connection between the first cooling device and the first cold flow branch pipe 1012 and the second hot flow branch pipe 1023.
  • the electric control valve As the flow regulating valve 1024, it is beneficial to realize the automatic control of the fluid circuit system 10.
  • a manual valve By using a manual valve as the first/second shut-off valve 1025, the manufacturing cost of the fluid circuit system 10 can be reduced.
  • the third mounting member 1055 By providing the third mounting member 1055, the connection stability of the third transverse pipe section 10212 can be improved.
  • the flow regulating valve 1024 By providing the flow regulating valve 1024, the flow rate of the fluid flowing out of the first hot flow branch pipe 1022 can be adjusted.
  • the heat exchanger 106 is a plate heat exchanger 106, which is fixedly connected to the frame 105.
  • the plate heat exchanger 106 has a first heat exchange inlet 1061, a first heat exchange outlet 1062, a second heat exchange inlet 1063 and a second heat exchange outlet 1064.
  • the first heat exchange inlet 1061 is connected to the filter component 107
  • the first heat exchange outlet 1062 is connected to the first end of the first transverse pipe section 10111
  • the second heat exchange inlet 1063 and the second heat exchange outlet 1064 are respectively connected to the coolant inlet pipe 112 and the coolant return pipe 113.
  • the coolant inlet pipe 112 and the coolant return pipe 113 are respectively connected to the factory cooling water.
  • the filter component 107 is fixedly mounted on the frame 105, and includes a filter inlet 1071, a first filter outlet 1072, and a second filter outlet 1073.
  • the first filter inlet 1071 is connected to the liquid supply cylinder 108
  • the first filter outlet 1072 is connected to the first heat exchange inlet 1061
  • the second filter outlet 1073 is connected to the first end of the second vertical pipe section 10211.
  • the liquid supply cylinder 108 includes a cylinder body 1081, a liquid supply pump 1084, a heating unit 1085, a first temperature sensor 1086, and a partition 1087.
  • the cylinder body 1081 is provided with a liquid return port 1082 and a liquid outlet 1083, and a receiving chamber is formed inside the cylinder body 1081.
  • the liquid return port 1082 is communicated with the cutting chamber of the cutting assembly 30 for recovering the cutting liquid received by the cutting chamber, and the liquid outlet 1083 is communicated with the filter inlet 1071.
  • the liquid supply pump 1084 is provided on the cylinder body 1081, and the pump head of the liquid supply pump 1084 extends out of the cylinder body 1081.
  • the inlet of the pump head is communicated with the inside of the cylinder body 1081, and the outlet of the pump head is communicated with the liquid outlet 1083.
  • the heating unit 1085 is provided on the cylinder body 1081, and is used to heat the cutting liquid in the cylinder body 1081.
  • the heating part 1085 is an electric heater, and its specific form is not limited, and it can be an electromagnetic heater, an infrared heater, a resistance heater, a ceramic heater, etc.
  • the electric heater is installed on the cylinder body 1081, and the heating part 1085 extends into the cylinder body 1081.
  • the first temperature sensor 1086 is set on the cylinder body 1081 and partially extends into the cylinder body 1081. It is used to detect the temperature inside the cylinder body 1081.
  • the temperature of the cutting liquid is arranged in the cylinder body 1081, and the cylinder body 1081 is divided into a precipitation zone and a heating zone.
  • the precipitation zone is located below the return liquid port 1082, and the pump head, the heating part 1085, and the first temperature sensor 1086 of the liquid supply pump 1084 are located in the heating zone.
  • the heating part 1085 By setting the heating part 1085, the cutting liquid in the liquid supply cylinder 108 can be heated, and the heating part 1085 can be started as needed to heat the cutting liquid in the liquid supply cylinder 108, so as to facilitate the liquid supply system to provide both cold and hot cutting liquids, and improve the applicability of the liquid supply system.
  • the first temperature sensor 1086 it is conducive to the collection and control of the cutting liquid temperature in the cylinder body 1081, which makes it possible to realize automatic temperature control.
  • the partition 1087 By providing the partition 1087, the backflow of cutting fluid can be intercepted and blocked, thereby reducing the fluctuation of the internal cutting fluid and maintaining the flow stability of the cutting fluid.
  • the debris box 109 is located inside the main roller assembly of the cutting assembly 30, and is used to receive the cutting liquid.
  • the debris box 109 includes a box body 1091, a heat flow pipe 1093, an adjustment plate 1095, a second temperature sensor 1094, and a liquid level sensor.
  • the top of the box body 1091 is open, and drainage ports 1092 are provided at the four corners of the bottom.
  • the drainage ports 1092 are connected to the return liquid port 1082.
  • An adjustment plate 1095 is provided at each drainage port 1092, and the adjustment plate 1095 can be raised and lowered relative to the drainage port 1092 to adjust the flow rate of the drainage port 1092.
  • the specific structural form of the adjustment plate 1095 is not limited in the present application, as long as the adjustment plate 1095 that can adjust the flow rate of the drainage port 1092 by lifting can be applied to the present application.
  • the heat flow pipe 1093 is arranged on the box body 1091 and at least partially extends into the box body 1091, and the portion of the heat flow pipe 1093 extending into the box body 1091 is located at the bottom of the debris box 109 and extends along the length direction of the debris box 109.
  • the heat flow pipe 1093 has a liquid inlet and a liquid outlet 1083, and the liquid inlet is arranged at the end of the portion of the heat flow pipe 1093 extending out of the box body 1091, and the end is provided with a quick connector for communicating with the first end of the third transverse pipe section 10212.
  • the liquid outlet 1083 is arranged at the portion of the heat flow pipe 1093 extending into the box body 1091, and the liquid inlet is a long hole, and a plurality of long holes are provided, and the plurality of long holes are arranged on the upper side of the portion of the heat flow pipe 1093 extending into the box body 1091 along the length direction of the debris box 109.
  • the second temperature sensor 1094 is arranged on the box body 1091, and its portion extends into the debris box 109, and is used to monitor the temperature of the cutting liquid in the box body 1091.
  • the liquid level sensor (not shown in the figure) is also arranged in the box body 1091, and is used to detect the liquid level of the cutting liquid in the box body 1091.
  • the heat flow pipe 1093 By setting the heat flow pipe 1093 in the box body 1091 of the debris box 109, the heat flow pipe 1093 can be used to provide a cutting liquid with a certain temperature to the liquid supply cylinder 108, so as to avoid the temperature of the slices with increased temperature after friction with the cutting line to enter the debris box 109 and cause thermal deformation.
  • the second temperature sensor 1094 By setting the second temperature sensor 1094, the temperature of the cutting liquid in the debris box 109 can be monitored to achieve high-precision control of the slice temperature.
  • the liquid level sensor By setting the liquid level sensor, the height of the cutting liquid in the debris box 109 can be controlled, so that the liquid level can be controlled within a suitable range.
  • the upper spray device 110 is connected to the second end of the cold flow pipeline 101, and is used to supply cutting liquid to the upper part of the workpiece to be cut.
  • the specific spraying method of the upper spray device 110 is not limited, and it can be overflow spray, direct spray spray or shower spray, etc.
  • the upper spray device 110 is installed at the lower part of the slide box 21 of the feed assembly 20, and its relative position with the workpiece to be cut is kept fixed, and the fixed part of the workpiece to be cut is sprayed.
  • the upper spray device 110 can be installed on the bottom surface of the slide box 21, and arranged along the length direction of the workpiece to be cut, so as to spray the whole workpiece to be cut.
  • the upper spray device 110 can be installed on the crystal support mounting assembly, and arranged along the length direction of the workpiece to be cut, so as to spray the whole workpiece to be cut.
  • two upper spray devices 110 are provided, and after being installed, the two upper spray devices 110 are located on both sides of the workpiece to be cut, and each upper spray device 110 sprays one side of the workpiece to be cut.
  • a guide block 22 is also provided on the slide box 21, and the second end of the first cold flow branch pipe 1012 is connected to the guide block 22, and the guide block 22 is connected to the two upper spray devices 110.
  • the upper spray device 110 By providing the upper spray device 110, the upper part of the workpiece to be cut can be sprayed, thereby improving the overall spraying effect of the workpiece to be cut, improving the overall cutting quality of the workpiece to be cut, and improving the cutting yield of the workpiece to be cut.
  • the lower spray device 111 is connected to the second end of the cold flow pipeline 101 and is used to supply cutting fluid to the lower part of the workpiece to be cut.
  • the specific spraying method of the lower spray device 111 is not limited, and it can be overflow spray, direct spray spray or shower spray, etc.
  • the lower spray device 111 is installed on the inner wall frame of the cutting chamber of the cutting assembly 30 and is connected to the cutting line. The position between the second cold flow branch pipe 1013 and the debris box 109 remains relatively fixed.
  • two lower spray devices 111 are provided, and the two lower spray devices 111 are located on both sides of the workpiece to be cut and extend along the length direction of the workpiece to be cut.
  • Each lower spray device 111 sprays one side of the cut workpiece and the cutting line located on the side.
  • the second end of the second cold flow branch pipe 1013 is divided into two outlets by a tee, and each outlet is connected to a lower spray device 111.
  • the cutting liquid recovered by the return liquid port 1082 of the liquid supply cylinder 108 enters the heating zone after being precipitated in the precipitation zone.
  • the cutting liquid in the heating zone is heated by the electric heater, and the heated cutting liquid is transported to the filter component 107 under the action of the liquid supply pump 1084.
  • the cutting liquid enters the filter component 107 through the filter inlet 1071, and after being filtered by the filter component 107, it is discharged simultaneously through the first filter outlet 1072 and the second filter outlet 1073.
  • the cutting liquid discharged through the first filter outlet 1072 enters the heat exchanger 106 through the first heat exchange inlet 1061 for heat exchange cooling, and the cooled cutting liquid enters the cold flow main pipe 1011 through the first heat exchange outlet 1062.
  • the cutting liquid discharged through the second filter outlet 1073 directly enters the hot flow main pipe 1021.
  • the cutting liquid in the cold flow main pipe 1011 is discharged to the upper spray device 110 and the lower spray device 111 through the first cold flow branch pipe 1012 and the second cold flow branch pipe 1013, respectively.
  • the upper spray device 110 sprays the cutting liquid to the upper part of the workpiece to be cut to cool and lubricate the upper part of the workpiece to be cut.
  • the lower spray device 111 sprays the cutting liquid to the lower part of the workpiece to be cut and the cutting line to cool and lubricate the lower part of the workpiece to be cut and the cutting line. Both parts of the cutting liquid eventually fall into the debris box 109.
  • the cutting liquid in the hot flow main pipe 1021 is discharged to the hot flow pipe 1093 through the first hot flow branch pipe 1022 to heat the cutting liquid in the debris box 109 to avoid thermal deformation of the cut slices due to the large temperature difference between the inside and outside of the slices when the cut slices are immersed in the cutting liquid in the debris box 109.
  • the cutting liquid in the debris box 109 is discharged under the flow limiting effect of the regulating plate 1095 and recovered by the return port 1082 of the liquid supply cylinder 108, so that the cutting liquid forms a complete cycle in the liquid circuit system 10.
  • the first temperature sensor 1086 detects the temperature of the cutting liquid in the debris box 109 and returns to the control system.
  • the control system controls the operation of the heating part 1085 in the liquid supply cylinder 108 according to the temperature of the cutting liquid to keep the temperature of the cutting liquid in the debris box 109 always within the set range.
  • the liquid level sensor detects the height of the cutting liquid in the debris box 109 and returns to the control system.
  • the control system controls the opening of the flow regulating valve 1024 according to the height of the cutting liquid, so that the height of the cutting liquid in the debris box 109 is always at the set height. Furthermore, when the upper spray device 110 is required to spray hot cutting fluid to avoid excessive temperature difference at different positions of the workpiece to be cut, the staff manually closes the first shut-off valve 1015 and opens the second shut-off valve 1025, so that the cutting fluid in the hot flow pipeline 102 is transported to the upper spray device 110 through the first cold flow branch pipe 1012.
  • the present application also provides a wire cutting machine, which includes the liquid circuit system 10 of the above embodiment.
  • the wire cutting machine of the present application includes a liquid circuit system 10, a feeding assembly 20, a cutting assembly 30, a winding assembly 40 and an electric control box.
  • the liquid circuit system 10 and the cutting assembly 30 are located at both ends of the wire cutting machine, the feeding assembly 20 is arranged on the top of the cutting assembly 30, the winding assembly 40 is located between the liquid circuit system 10 and the cutting assembly 30, and the electric control box is installed on the top of the winding assembly 40 and the liquid circuit system 10.
  • the electric control box includes two parts, and a gap is formed between the two parts.
  • the cold flow pipeline 101 and the hot flow pipeline 102 in the liquid circuit system 10 extend from the gap to the feeding assembly 20, and are connected with the upper spray device 110, the lower spray device 111, the debris box 109, etc. in the feeding assembly 20 and the cutting assembly 30.
  • the liquid supply cylinder 108 in the liquid circuit system 10 is located in the space formed below the cutting assembly 30, and the liquid return port 1082 of the liquid supply cylinder 108 is used to recover the cutting liquid discharged from the debris box 109, and to deliver the recovered cutting liquid to the filter component 107 through the liquid supply pump 1084.
  • the wire cutting machine of the present application by providing the above-mentioned liquid circuit system 10, can expand the supply mode of the liquid circuit system 10, which is beneficial to the function expansion of the wire cutting machine and improves the applicability of the wire cutting machine.
  • the swing spray mechanism of the present application is introduced below with reference to FIGS. 32 to 40 .
  • the liquid circuit system also includes a swing spray mechanism, which includes a slide box 1, a swing device 2 and a spray device 3.
  • the swing device 2 includes a swing upper plate 21 and a swing lower plate 22, wherein the swing upper plate 21 is fixedly connected to the bottom of the slide box 1, the swing lower plate 22 is swingably connected to the swing upper plate 21, and the spray device 3 is connected to the swing lower plate 22.
  • the swing upper plate 21 is fixedly connected to the bottom of the slide box 1 by screwing, clamping, welding, etc., and a driving mechanism is provided on the swing upper plate 21, which is connected to the swing lower plate 22 through a transmission mechanism.
  • the driving mechanism When the driving mechanism is energized in forward and reverse directions, the swing lower plate 22 can be driven to swing through the transmission mechanism.
  • the driving mechanism can be a motor and a reducer, and the transmission mechanism can be a gear pulley set or a gear set, etc.
  • the principle that the driving mechanism drives the swing lower plate 22 to swing through the transmission mechanism is relatively common in the art and will not be repeated here.
  • the spray device 3 is fixedly connected to the bottom surface of the swing lower plate 22.
  • the swing spray mechanism in the present application is provided with two spray devices 3. Two spray devices 3 are installed at the bottom of the swing device 2 along the length direction of the workpiece 5 to be cut (i.e., the axial direction of the workpiece 5 to be cut in FIG.
  • the two spray devices 3 are located on both sides of the workpiece 5 to be cut.
  • the two spray devices 3 are installed on the left and right sides of the bottom surface of the swing lower plate 22, and the two spray devices 3 spray the sides of the workpiece 5 to be cut from different directions.
  • the spray device 3 By connecting the spray device 3 to the swing lower plate 22, the spray device 3 can be swung along when the swing lower plate 22 swings relative to the swing upper plate 21.
  • the installation method is simple and the cost is low.
  • the two spray devices 3 can spray different positions of the workpiece 5 to be cut, thereby improving the uniformity of spraying.
  • the spray device 3 By installing the spray device 3 at the bottom of the swing lower plate 22, and setting the spray device 3 along the length direction of the workpiece 5 to be cut, the overall cooling effect of the workpiece 5 to be cut can be improved.
  • the spray devices 3 By arranging two spray devices 3 on both sides of the workpiece 5 to be cut, the spray devices 3 can spray the cutting liquid relatively on the upper parts of both sides of the workpiece 5 to be cut, which is beneficial for the cutting liquid to wrap the workpiece 5 to be cut and improve the cooling effect of the workpiece 5 to be cut.
  • the swing spray mechanism further includes a conveying portion, which is disposed on the slide box 1, and the spray device 3 is connected to the cutting liquid source through the conveying portion.
  • the conveying portion includes a first fixed block 41 and a second fixed block 42, both of which are fixedly connected to the slide box 1, the first fixed block 41 is provided with a first inlet 4111 and a first outlet 4112 that are connected to each other, the second fixed block 42 is provided with a second inlet 4211 and a second outlet 4221 that are connected to each other, the first inlet 4111 is connected to the cutting liquid source, the second inlet is connected to the first outlet 4112, and the second outlet 4221 is connected to the spray device 3.
  • the first fixed block 41 is in an inverted L-shape as a whole, and includes a first structural segment 411 and a second structural segment 412 connected to each other.
  • the end surface of the second structural segment 412 i.e., the lower end surface of the second structural segment 412 shown in FIG. 34
  • the first structural segment 411 extends in a direction away from the slide box 1.
  • the first structural segment 411 extends in a horizontal direction
  • the second structural segment 412 extends in a vertical direction.
  • a first inlet 4111 and two first outlets 4112 are provided on the first fixed block 41, and a through hole 4113 is opened on the first fixed block 41.
  • Both ends of the through hole 4113 are blocked by a first plug 413, and the first inlet 4111 and the first outlet 4112 are connected to the through hole 4113 at the same time.
  • the through hole 4113 is opened in the first structural segment 411 and the axis of the through hole 4113 is parallel to the end face of the first structural segment 411 (i.e., the left end face of the first structural segment 411 shown in FIG34), the first inlet 4111 is opened in the end face of the first structural segment 411, the axis of the first inlet 4111 is perpendicular to the end face of the first structural segment 411, and the two first outlets 4112 are opened in the lower side face of the first structural segment 411 (i.e., the bottom face of the first structural segment 411 shown in FIG34), and the axis of the first outlet 4112 is perpendicular to the lower side face of the first structural segment 411.
  • the second fixed block 42 includes a third structural segment 421 and a fourth structural segment 422 connected to each other, the lower side of the third structural segment 421 is fixedly connected to the upper edge of the bottom frame of the slide box 1, and the fourth structural segment 422 extends downward along the outer edge of the slide box 1.
  • the third structural segment 421 extends in the horizontal direction
  • the fourth structural segment 422 extends in the vertical direction.
  • a blind hole 4222 is provided on the second fixed block 42, one end of the blind hole 4222 is blocked by a second plug 423, and the second inlet 4211 and the second outlet 4221 are connected to the blind hole 4222 at the same time.
  • the blind hole 4222 is provided on the upper part of the outer side surface of the fourth structural segment 422 (i.e., the left side surface of the fourth structural segment 422 in FIG. 34) and the axis of the blind hole 4222 is parallel to the upper side surface of the third structural segment 421, the second inlet 4211 is provided on the upper side surface of the third structural segment 421 (i.e., the upper side surface of the third structural segment 421 in FIG.
  • one first fixed block 41 is provided, and two second fixed blocks 42 are provided, the first inlet 4111 of the first fixed block 41 is connected to the cutting liquid source, each first outlet 4112 is connected to a second inlet 4211, and each second outlet 4221 is connected to a spray device 3.
  • the first inlet 4111 is connected to the cutting liquid source via a hose
  • the first outlet 4112 is connected to the second inlet 4211 via a hard pipe
  • the second outlet 4221 is connected to the spray device 3 via a hose.
  • the slide box 1 By providing a delivery part on the slide box 1, it is possible to deliver the cutting liquid to the spray device 3 while avoiding the messy layout of the liquid supply pipeline and interference with other mechanisms, thereby improving the rationality of the layout and reducing the failure rate.
  • the first fixed block 41 it is convenient to fix and guide the cutting liquid pipeline, and the modification cost is low.
  • the second fixed block 42 By providing the second fixed block 42, the pipeline between the first fixed block 41 and the second fixed block 42 can be effectively fixed, and the pipeline between the second fixed block 42 and the spray device 3 can be guided, thereby improving the stability of the pipeline connection.
  • the first inlet 4111 is connected to the cutting liquid source by a hose, and the soft The tube can adapt to the lifting and lowering of the slide box 1.
  • the first outlet 4112 and the second inlet 4211 are connected by a hard tube, which can improve the connection stability of the pipeline.
  • the second outlet 4221 is connected to the spray device 3 by a hose, and the hose can adapt to the swing of the swing device 2.
  • a first inlet 4111 and two first outlets 4112 are set through the first fixed block 41, which is convenient for the introduction of cutting liquid, simplifies the number of settings of the introduction pipeline, and is convenient for the diversion of the cutting liquid of the two spray devices 3. By opening a through hole 4113 and blocking both ends of the through hole 4113, it is convenient to process the first fixed block 41 and reduce the processing cost.
  • the end face of the second structural segment 412 is fixedly connected to the top edge of the slide box 1, which is convenient for the fixation of the first fixed block 41.
  • the first inlet 4111 is opened on the end face of the first structural segment 411, which is convenient for the first inlet 4111 to be connected to the pipeline of the cutting liquid source.
  • the first outlet 4112 is opened on the lower side of the first structural segment 411, which is convenient for the first outlet 4112 to lead the pipe downward to connect with the second fixed block 42.
  • the lower side of the third structural segment 421 is fixedly connected to the upper edge of the bottom frame of the slide box 1, which facilitates the fixed connection of the second fixed block 42.
  • the second inlet 4211 is opened on the upper side of the third structural segment 421, which facilitates the second inlet 4211 to lead the pipe upward to connect with the first fixed block 41.
  • the second outlet 4221 is opened on the end face of the fourth structural segment 422, which facilitates the second outlet 4221 to lead the pipe downward to connect with the spray device 3.
  • the spray device 3 includes a spray pipe 31, a guide plate 32, a flow regulating plate 33, a fixing plate 34, a support plate 35, an orifice plate 36, a mounting plate 37, a liquid inlet pipe 38 and a support pipe 39. Specifically, both ends of the spray pipe 31 are sealed, and a liquid inlet 311 and a spray hole 312 are provided on the spray pipe 31.
  • the liquid inlet 311 is provided at the middle of the first side of the spray pipe 31 along the length direction, and the spray hole 312 is provided at the bottom of the spray pipe 31.
  • the guide plate 32 is provided below the spray pipe 31 and extends in a direction away from the second side of the spray pipe 31, so as to guide the cutting liquid sprayed from the spray hole 312 to flow out.
  • a baffle plate 321 is provided on each side of the guide plate 32 along the length direction, and the guide plate 32 is fixedly connected to the spray pipe 31 through the baffle plate 321.
  • the baffle plate 321 and the spray pipe 31 are screwed, bonded or welded.
  • the orifice plate 36 is arranged inside the spray pipe 31 and extends along the axial direction of the spray pipe 31. At least one end of the spray pipe 31 is sealed by a plug. When the plug is removed, the orifice plate 36 can be installed inside the spray pipe 31 and fixed.
  • the fixing method of the orifice plate 36 is not limited. It can be clamped between the two ends of the spray pipe 31, or screwed to one end of the spray pipe 31, or a combination of screwing and clamping.
  • a row of holes is arranged on the orifice plate 36 along the length direction, and the axis of the hole on the orifice plate 36 and the axis of the spray hole 312 have an angle (i.e., ⁇ described in Figure 39).
  • the fixing plate 34 is disposed above the guide plate 32. Specifically, the fixing plate 34 is disposed between the two baffle plates 321, and there is a gap between the fixing plate 34 and the guide plate 32, and the gap serves as a flow opening.
  • the fixing plate 34 can be connected to the two baffle plates 321, such as by screwing, welding or bonding.
  • the flow regulating plate 33 is arranged above the guide plate 32, and is used to adjust the size of the flow opening between the flow regulating plate 33 and the guide plate 32.
  • the flow regulating plate 33 is located outside the fixed plate 34, and a first connecting structure 331 is arranged on the flow regulating plate 33.
  • the first connecting structure 331 is connected to a second connecting structure arranged on the fixed plate 34 through a fastener, so that the flow regulating plate 33 can be adjusted in a straight line direction.
  • the first connecting structure 331 is a waist hole
  • the second connecting structure is a round hole
  • the waist hole and the round hole are connected by a bolt and nut assembly.
  • the cross section of the support plate 35 is L-shaped, the vertical plate section of the support plate 35 abuts against the fixed plate 34 to support the fixed plate 34, and the horizontal plate section of the support plate 35 is connected to the baffle plate 321, such as by welding, bonding or screwing.
  • a plurality of support ribs 351 are further arranged between the horizontal section and the vertical section of the support plate 35. Referring to FIG. 40, three support ribs 351 are arranged, and the three support ribs 351 are arranged at intervals between the vertical section and the horizontal section of the support plate 35.
  • the mounting plate 37 is arranged on the spray pipe 31, such as by welding or bonding with the spray pipe 31, and a third connection structure 371 is arranged on the mounting plate 37, and the third connection structure 371 is mounted on the swing device 2 through fasteners.
  • a mounting plate 37 is arranged at each axial end of the spray pipe 31, and the mounting plate 37 extends in a direction away from the second side of the spray pipe 31.
  • the third connection structure 371 is arranged on the side of the mounting plate 37 away from the spray pipe 31, and the third connection structure 371 is a long hole, and each mounting plate 37 is provided with a plurality of long holes, a single long hole is extended along the width direction of the swing device 2 (i.e., the left-right direction shown in FIG. 33), and a plurality of long holes are arranged side by side along the length direction of the swing device 2.
  • the liquid inlet pipe 38 is arranged in parallel with the spray pipe 31, one end of which is provided with a joint 6, and the other end is connected with the liquid inlet port 311, and the joint 6 can be connected with the second outlet 4221 on the second fixing block 42 through a hose.
  • a support pipe 39 is also arranged between the liquid inlet pipe 38 and the spray pipe 31, and the two ends of the support pipe 39 are respectively connected with the liquid inlet pipe 38 and the spray pipe 31 to fix the liquid inlet pipe 38.
  • the cutting liquid enters the spray pipe 31 from the liquid inlet 311 and flows out from the spray hole 312.
  • the cutting liquid is guided to flow out and flows to the upper part of the workpiece 5 to be cut, so that the upper part of the workpiece 5 to be cut is covered with the cutting liquid, thereby ensuring that the amount of cutting liquid brought into each position of the workpiece 5 to be cut during the wire cutting process is sufficient, thereby improving the overall cooling quality.
  • the cutting liquid entering the spray pipe 31 can be guided and diverted, and the uniformity and stability of the cutting liquid flow rate can be improved, which is beneficial to improving the consistency of the amount of cutting liquid brought into different positions of the workpiece 5 to be cut during the wire cutting process, thereby improving the cutting quality.
  • the diversion effect can be improved and the flow stability of the cutting liquid can be improved.
  • the size of the flow opening between the flow regulating plate 33 and the guide plate 32 can be adjusted, so that the spray device 3 can adjust the size of the flow opening according to the size of the workpiece 5 to be cut, thereby changing the flow rate of the cutting liquid to meet the cooling requirements of different sizes, so that the workpieces 5 to be cut of different sizes have a good cooling effect during cutting, thereby improving the cutting quality of the cut workpiece.
  • the flow regulating plate 33 can be moved along the straight line direction to change the size of the overflow port, thereby changing the flow rate of the cutting liquid.
  • the third connecting structure 371 is a long hole or a plurality of through holes, which is convenient for the installation and position adjustment of the spray device 3 along the width direction of the swing device 2, thereby facilitating adjustment to a better spraying position.
  • the liquid inlet pipe 38 By providing the liquid inlet pipe 38, it is convenient to lead out the joint 6 and reduce the difficulty of connecting the pipe.
  • the support pipe 39 By providing the support pipe 39, the strength of the connection structure between the liquid inlet pipe 38 and the spray pipe 31 can be improved, and the spraying stability can be improved.
  • the slide box is fed downward, driving the swing device 2 and the workpiece 5 to be cut to descend synchronously.
  • the swing lower plate 22 swings relative to the swing upper plate 21 driven by the driving mechanism, thereby increasing the cutting force.
  • the cutting liquid source enters the first fixed block 41 through the first inlet 4111, and is divided into two paths in the first fixed block 41.
  • the two paths of cutting liquid flow out through a first outlet 4112 respectively, and flow into the corresponding second fixed block 42 from the second inlet 4211.
  • the cutting liquid in each second fixed block 42 flows out from the second outlet 4221 and enters from one end of the liquid inlet pipe 38.
  • the cutting liquid enters the spray pipe 31 from the other end of the liquid inlet pipe 38 through the liquid inlet 311, and after passing through the steady flow of the orifice plate 36, it flows out from the spray hole 312 to the guide plate 32. Finally, the cutting fluid is smoothly sprayed toward the upper part of the workpiece 5 to be cut under the flow guiding effect of the flow guide plate 32 and the flow limiting effect of the flow regulating plate 33 .
  • the fragment box of the present application is introduced below in conjunction with Figures 41 to 44.
  • the liquid circuit system also includes a fragment box 1, which includes a fragment box body 11 and a heat transfer part.
  • the top of the fragment box body 11 is open, and the fragment box body 11 can hold cutting liquid.
  • the heat transfer part is arranged in the fragment box body 11, and the heat transfer part is connected to an external heat source to provide heat to the cutting liquid. In this way, the heat transfer part can provide heat to the cutting liquid in the fragment box body 11, so that the temperature of the cutting liquid is increased, thereby avoiding the rapid drop in temperature of the sliced part that has been cut, causing the slice to deform, and improving the cutting quality and silicon wafer yield.
  • the heat transfer part includes a heat flow pipe 12, which is at least partially disposed in the debris box body 11.
  • the heat flow pipe 12 has a liquid inlet (not shown in the figure) and a liquid outlet 121, wherein the liquid inlet is connected to an external heat source, and the liquid outlet 121 is communicated with the interior of the debris box body 11. Further, the heat flow pipe 12 partially extends out of the debris box body 11, and the portion of the heat flow pipe 12 extending out of the debris box body 11 is connected to the debris box body 11, and the liquid inlet is disposed at the portion of the heat flow pipe 12 extending out of the debris box body 11.
  • the liquid inlet is disposed at the end of the portion of the heat flow pipe 12 extending out of the debris box body 11, and the end is connected to a joint 2.
  • the portion of the heat flow pipe 12 extending out of the debris box body 11 is connected to the side wall of the debris box body 11 along the width direction.
  • the portion of the heat flow pipe 12 extending out of the debris box body 11 is fixed to the outer side wall of the debris box body 11 through a flange 5.
  • the portion of the heat flow pipe 12 located inside the debris box body 11 is located at the bottom of the debris box body 11 and is a straight pipe extending along the length direction of the debris box body 11.
  • the liquid outlet 121 is arranged on the outer surface of the portion of the heat flow pipe 12 arranged inside the debris box body 11.
  • the multiple liquid outlets 121 are arranged along the length direction of the heat flow pipe 12.
  • Multiple liquid outlets 121 are evenly distributed on the upper side of the heat flow pipe 12.
  • the heated cutting liquid can enter the heat flow pipe 12 through the liquid inlet of the heat flow pipe 12, and directly enter the debris box body 11 through the multiple liquid outlets 121 provided on the heat flow pipe 12, so that the temperature of the cutting liquid in the debris box body 11 is increased, and the temperature of the sliced portion that has been cut is prevented from dropping rapidly, causing the slice to deform.
  • the portion of the heat flow pipe 12 extending out of the debris box body 11 is connected to the debris box body 11 along the width direction.
  • the heat flow pipe 12 can be prevented from interfering with the wire mesh and affecting the cutting.
  • the heat flow pipe 12 is fixed to the debris box body 11 through the flange 5, which can prevent the heat flow pipe 12 from shaking and disturbing the liquid inside the debris box body 11.
  • the heat flow pipe 12 is arranged along the length direction of the debris box body 11, so that the heat can be evenly diffused.
  • the heat flow pipe 12 is located at the bottom of the debris box body 11, which can avoid interference with the piece to be cut. Multiple liquid outlets 121 are evenly distributed on the heat transfer pipe, further improving the uniformity of heat transfer.
  • the debris box 1 further includes a first temperature sensor 15, which is disposed below the side wall of the debris box body 11 in the width direction and is used to monitor the temperature of the cutting fluid in the debris box body 11.
  • the first temperature sensor 15 is provided with a thread, and a second screw hole is provided on the debris box body 11.
  • the first temperature sensor 15 is screwed on the debris box body 11 and partially extends into the interior of the debris box body 11. In this way, the temperature of the cutting fluid in the debris box body 11 can be monitored by the first temperature sensor 15 to adjust the heat transfer according to the actual needs.
  • the first temperature sensor 15 is screwed on the debris box body 11 to prevent the first temperature sensor 15 from shaking and causing the measured temperature value to fluctuate.
  • a liquid discharge port 111 is provided on the debris box body 11, and the debris box 1 further comprises an adjusting plate 13, which is arranged on a fixing plate 14 arranged on the debris box body 11, and is used to adjust the size of the liquid discharge port 111.
  • the adjusting plate 13 and the liquid discharge port 111 are arranged at the four corners of the bottom of the debris box body 11, and the fixing plate 14 is arranged at the four corners of the bottom of the debris box body 11 where the adjusting plate 13 is arranged.
  • the fixing plate 14 comprises a second horizontal section, a third side plate and a fourth side plate (not shown in the figure), the third side plate and the fourth side plate are arranged on the left and right sides of the second horizontal section respectively, the second connecting structure is arranged on the second horizontal section, the adjusting plate 13 comprises a vertical section and a horizontal section, the first connecting structure is arranged on the horizontal section, and the vertical section matches the section between the third side plate and the fourth side plate. Further, a first connection structure is provided on the adjustment plate 13, and the first connection structure is movably connected to a second connection structure provided at a position to be installed on the debris box body 11, so that the adjustment plate 13 can adjust the size of the discharge port 111.
  • the fixing plate 14 is provided on the side wall of the debris box body 11, and the second connection structure is provided on the fixing plate 14.
  • the first connection structure and the second connection structure are both connection holes, and the bolt 3 passes through two connection holes and is connected with the nut 4.
  • the nut of the bolt 3 abuts on the adjustment plate 13, and the nut 4 abuts on the fixing plate 14.
  • At least two nuts 4 are provided on the bolt 3, and preferably three nuts 4 are provided in the present application, one nut 4 and the nut of the bolt 3 abut on both sides of the adjustment plate 13 respectively for fixing the adjustment plate 13, and one nut 4 abuts on the upper part of the nut 4 abutting on one side of the adjustment plate 13, that is, two nuts 4 are superimposed, and one nut 4 abuts on the fixing plate 14.
  • the debris box 1 also includes a liquid level sensor (not shown in the figure), which is provided on the debris box body 11 and is used to detect the liquid level in the debris box body 11.
  • the position of the adjustment plate 13 relative to the drainage port 111 can be moved by moving the bolt 3 relative to the fixed plate 14, and the size of the drainage port 111 can be adjusted, thereby adjusting the drainage volume.
  • the position of the adjustment plate 13 is fixed by a nut and a nut 4, and the friction force of the contact surface between the two nuts 4 can prevent the bolt from loosening, thereby preventing the adjustment plate 13 from shaking and affecting the adjustment of the drainage volume.
  • drainage ports 111 are set at the four corners of the debris box body 11, and the waste liquid in the debris box 1 can be discharged through multiple drainage ports 111, thereby improving the drainage efficiency.
  • the drainage ports 111 are evenly distributed at the four corners of the bottom of the debris box body 11, so that the drainage can be uniformly discharged, thereby facilitating the balance of the debris box body 11.
  • the liquid level in the debris box body 11 can be monitored by a liquid level sensor, so that the liquid level can be controlled within a suitable range.
  • brackets 16 are respectively provided on the outside of the two side walls of the debris box body 11 which are arranged opposite to each other along the length direction, and the brackets 16 are used to fix the debris box body 11 at the position to be installed.
  • the debris box 1 can be installed at the position to be installed, such as the frame of a wire cutting machine, through the brackets 16.
  • the liquid circuit system includes a debris box 1 and a liquid supply component 6.
  • the liquid supply component 6 is connected to the heat transfer part and is used to provide a heat source to the heat transfer part. In this way, a heat source can be provided to the heat transfer part through the liquid supply component 6, so that the temperature of the cutting liquid in the debris box body 11 is increased, thereby avoiding the temperature of the sliced part that has been cut to drop rapidly and cause the slice to deform.
  • the liquid supply component 6 includes a liquid supply cylinder body 61, a heating part 62, a liquid supply pump 63, a partition 64, a second temperature sensor 65 and a liquid return part (not shown in the figure).
  • the liquid supply cylinder body 61 is used to hold the cutting liquid.
  • the heating part 62 is arranged on the liquid supply cylinder body 61 and is used to heat the cutting liquid.
  • the liquid supply pump 63 is arranged on the liquid supply cylinder body 61 and is used to provide the heated cutting liquid to the heat transfer part.
  • the partition 64 is vertically arranged in the liquid supply cylinder body 61, dividing the liquid supply cylinder body 61 into a sedimentation area 611 and a heating area 612.
  • the heating part 62 extends into the liquid supply cylinder body 61 and is located in the heating area 612.
  • the temperature sensor 65 is arranged in the heating zone 612 of the liquid supply cylinder body 61.
  • the liquid return part is connected to the sedimentation zone 611 of the liquid supply cylinder body 61, and is used to recover the waste liquid to the sedimentation zone 611.
  • the cutting liquid in the heating zone 612 of the liquid supply cylinder body 61 can be heated by the heating part 62, and the heated cutting liquid can be transported to the heat transfer part such as the heat flow pipe 12 by the liquid supply pump 63.
  • the partition 64 separates the liquid supply cylinder body 61 into the sedimentation zone 611 and the heating zone 612, which can only heat the cutting liquid, thereby avoiding energy waste, and the waste liquid recovered by the liquid return part can be reused after sedimentation in the sedimentation zone 611, thereby saving costs.
  • the temperature of the heating zone 612 can be monitored by the second temperature sensor 65.
  • the structures of the heating unit 62 and the liquid return unit are conventional structures in the field and will not be repeated here.
  • the heating unit 62 can be an electric heater (such as resistance heating, electromagnetic heating or infrared heating, etc.), or it can be a heater with other heating methods (such as a gas heater).
  • the liquid circuit system of the present application can also include a liquid supply frame assembly (the liquid supply frame is mainly used for filtering, temperature control, and flow distribution of the cutting fluid).
  • the liquid circuit system of the present application can also be used to provide coolant to cool the spindle, bearing box, motor, etc. of the wire cutting machine.
  • the fragment box 1 includes a fragment box body 11 and a heater.
  • the top of the fragment box body 11 is open and can hold cutting liquid.
  • the heater is arranged in the fragment box body 11 and is used to heat the cutting liquid inside the fragment box body 11. In this way, the heater can heat the cutting liquid inside the fragment box body 11 to increase the temperature of the cutting liquid, thereby preventing the slice from being deformed due to a rapid drop in the temperature of the sliced portion that has been cut.
  • the heater is an electric heater 12, and the electric heater 12 is connected to an external power source.
  • the electric heater 12 includes a terminal 122 and a heating body 121 connected to each other.
  • the terminal 122 is connected to the side wall of the fragment box body 11 along the width direction, and is fixed to the outer side wall of the fragment box body 11 through the flange 4.
  • the heating body 121 extends into the interior of the fragment box body 11, is arranged at the bottom of the fragment box body 11 and extends along the length direction of the fragment box body 11.
  • the heating body 121 is a linear heating tube, and the heating method is resistance heating.
  • the terminal 122 can be connected to an external power source to supply power to the heating body 121, and the heating body 121 heats the cutting liquid in the fragment box body 11, so that the temperature of the cutting liquid is increased, and the temperature of the sliced part that has been cut is prevented from dropping rapidly, which causes the slice to deform, thereby improving the cutting quality and the yield of the silicon wafer.
  • the terminal 122 is connected to the side wall of the fragment box body 11 along the width direction, which can prevent the connection end from interfering with the wire mesh and affecting the cutting.
  • the heating body 121 is arranged along the length direction of the debris box body 11, so that the heat can be evenly diffused. Then, the heating body 121 is fixed to the debris box body 11 through the flange 4, so that the heating body 121 can be prevented from shaking and disturbing the liquid inside the debris box body 11.
  • the debris box 1 further includes a temperature sensor 15, which is disposed below the side wall of the debris box body 11 in the width direction and is used to monitor the temperature of the cutting fluid in the debris box body 11.
  • the temperature sensor 15 is provided with a thread, and a second screw hole is provided on the debris box body 11.
  • the temperature sensor 15 is screwed on the debris box body 11 and partially extends into the interior of the debris box body 11. In this way, the temperature of the cutting fluid in the debris box body 11 can be monitored by the temperature sensor 15 to adjust the heating amount according to the actual needs.
  • the temperature sensor 15 is screwed on the debris box body 11 to prevent the temperature sensor 15 from shaking and causing the measured temperature value to fluctuate.
  • a drain port 111 is provided on the debris box body 11, and the debris box 1 further comprises an adjusting plate 13, which is arranged on a fixing plate 14 arranged on the debris box body 11, and is used to adjust the size of the drain port 111.
  • the adjusting plate 13 and the drain port 111 are arranged at the four corners of the bottom of the debris box body 11, and the fixing plate 14 is arranged at the four corners of the bottom of the debris box body 11 where the adjusting plate 13 is arranged.
  • the fixing plate 14 comprises a second horizontal section, a third side plate and a fourth side plate (not shown in the figure), the third side plate and the fourth side plate are respectively arranged on the left and right sides of the second horizontal section, the second connecting structure is arranged on the second horizontal section, the adjusting plate 13 comprises a vertical section and a horizontal section, the first connecting structure is arranged on the horizontal section, and the two side surfaces of the horizontal section and the two side edges of the vertical section respectively match the mutually opposite side walls of the third side plate and the fourth side plate.
  • a first connection structure is provided on the adjustment plate 13, and the first connection structure is movably connected to a second connection structure provided at a position to be installed on the debris box body 11, so that the adjustment plate 13 can adjust the size of the drain port 111.
  • a fixing plate 14 is provided on a side wall of the debris box body 11, and the second connection structure is provided on the fixing plate 14.
  • both the first connection structure and the second connection structure are connection holes, and the bolt 2 passes through the two connection holes and is connected to the nut 3.
  • the nut of the bolt 2 abuts against the horizontal section of the adjustment plate 13, and the nut 3 abuts against the fixing plate 14.
  • debris box 1 also includes a liquid level sensor (not shown in the figure), which is provided on debris box body 11 and is used to detect the liquid level in debris box body 11.
  • the position of adjusting plate 13 relative to drainage port 111 can be moved, the size of drainage port 111 can be adjusted, and the drainage volume can be adjusted.
  • the position of adjusting plate 13 is fixed by nut and two nuts 3, and the friction force of the contact surface between the two nuts can prevent the bolt from loosening, thereby avoiding the shaking of adjusting plate 13 and affecting the adjustment of drainage volume.
  • drainage ports 111 are arranged at the four corners of the debris box body 11, and the waste liquid in the debris box 1 can be discharged through the multiple drainage ports 111, thereby improving the drainage efficiency.
  • the drainage ports 111 are evenly distributed at the four corners of the bottom of the debris box body 11, so that the liquid can be evenly discharged, which is beneficial to the balance of the debris box body 11.
  • the liquid level in the debris box body 11 can be monitored by a liquid level sensor, so that the liquid level can be controlled within a suitable range.
  • brackets 16 are respectively provided on the outside of the two side walls of the debris box body 11 which are arranged opposite to each other along the length direction, and the brackets 16 are used to fix the debris box body 11 at the position to be installed. In this way, the debris box 1 can be installed at the position to be installed, such as the frame of the wire cutting machine, through the brackets 16.
  • the present application also provides a wire cutting machine, which includes the liquid circuit system in the above embodiment.
  • the cutting assembly of the present application is introduced below.
  • the wire cutting machine also includes a cutting assembly, and the cutting assembly includes a roller assembly.
  • the existing roller assembly includes a roller 1, a first bearing box 3, a second bearing box 4 and a pull rod 2.
  • One end of the roller 1 is connected to the first rotating shaft 31 of the first bearing box 3 by transmission, and the other end is connected to the second rotating shaft 41 of the second bearing box 4 by transmission.
  • the end of the first rotating shaft 31 away from the roller 1 extends out of the first bearing box 3 and is connected to the motor 8 through a coupling 7.
  • a first axial hole is provided on the roller 1, and a pull rod 2 is inserted into the first axial hole.
  • a first channel 32 is provided at one end of the first rotating shaft 31 close to the roller 1, and one end of the pull rod 2 is screwed into the first channel 32.
  • a second axial hole is provided on the second rotating shaft 41, and the end of the pull rod 2 away from the first bearing box 3 extends out of the first axial hole and the second axial hole in sequence.
  • the pull rod 2 extending out of the second axial hole is axially locked by a nut 561.
  • the roller 1 and the second rotating shaft 41 rotate synchronously, thereby driving the diamond wire 6 wound on the roller 1 to rotate at high speed to achieve cutting of the material to be cut.
  • the roller assembly does not have a cooling function, during the cutting process of the diamond wire cutting machine, the temperature of the roller 1 gradually increases, so that the thermal deformation of the roller 1 also increases accordingly. The increase in the thermal deformation of the roller 1 will lead to a decrease in the cutting accuracy of the diamond wire cutting machine, a decrease in the quality of the cut material, and even cause the diamond wire 6 wound on the roller 1 to break.
  • the roller assembly of the present application includes a roller 1 and a pull rod 2, and the roller 1 is provided with a first axial hole; the pull rod 2 is used to axially lock the roller 1, and the pull rod 2 is at least partially inserted in the first axial hole, and a first channel 21 is provided in the pull rod 2, and a liquid inlet 22 and a liquid outlet 23 connected to the first channel 21 are respectively provided on the pull rod 2; there is a gap between the outer wall of the pull rod 2 and the inner wall of the first axial hole, and serves as a second channel 24, the liquid inlet 22 is connected to the outlet of the cutting liquid supply device, the liquid outlet 23 is connected to the first end of the second channel 24, and the second end of the second channel 24 is connected to the inlet of the cutting liquid supply device.
  • An axially locked pull rod 2 is inserted into the first axial hole on the roller shaft 1, a first channel 21 and a liquid inlet 22 and a liquid outlet 23 connected to the first channel 21 are arranged in the pull rod 2, and there is a gap between the outer wall of the pull rod 2 and the inner wall of the first axial hole and serves as the second channel 24, so that the cutting liquid in the cutting liquid supply device can flow into the first channel 21 through the liquid inlet 22, and then flow into the second channel 24 through the liquid outlet 23, and the cutting liquid in the second channel 24 flows back to the cutting liquid supply device, forming a complete cooling cycle, which can cool the roller shaft 1 and reduce the temperature of the roller shaft 1 during the cutting process, thereby reducing the thermal deformation of the roller shaft 1 during high-speed cutting, improving the cutting accuracy of the diamond wire cutting machine and the cutting quality of the cutting material, and avoiding the problem of broken diamond wire 6.
  • the roller assembly includes a roller 1, a tie rod 2, a first bearing box 3, a second bearing box 4, and a rotary joint assembly 5.
  • One end of the roller 1 is connected to the first rotating shaft 31 of the first bearing box 3, and the other end is connected to the second rotating shaft 41 of the second bearing box 4.
  • the third rotating shaft 51 of the rotary joint assembly 5 is connected to the second rotating shaft 41 of the second bearing box 4.
  • the roller 1 is provided with a first shaft hole, and a shaft 20 is inserted into the first shaft hole.
  • the first hole 32 and the second hole 33 are provided at one end of the first rotating shaft 31 close to the roller shaft 1.
  • the first hole 32 is connected to the second hole 33.
  • One end of the tie rod 2 is screwed into the first hole 32, and one end of the tie rod 2 screwed to the first hole 32 is provided with a liquid outlet 23 connected to the first channel 21.
  • the second rotating shaft 41 and the third rotating shaft 51 are respectively provided with a second axial hole and a third axial hole.
  • the end of the tie rod 2 away from the first bearing box 3 extends out of the first axial hole, the second axial hole and the third axial hole in sequence.
  • the tie rod 2 extending out of the third axial hole is axially locked by a nut 561, and a liquid inlet 22 is provided at this end.
  • the cutting liquid in the cutting liquid supply device flows into the first channel 21 in the tie rod 2 through the liquid inlet 22 of the tie rod 2, and flows through the first channel 32, the second channel 24, the fifth channel 42, the gap between the outer wall of the tie rod 2 and the inner wall of the third axial hole through the liquid outlet 23, and flows back to the cutting liquid supply device through the through hole 531, forming a complete cooling circulation path to cool the roller assembly.
  • the roller 1 is in the shape of a long axis, and a first axial hole is opened in the axial direction.
  • Both ends of the first axial hole are trumpet-shaped with a long inner side and a short outer side, and the middle part of the first axial hole is cylindrical.
  • the inner walls of both ends of the first shaft hole in the middle part are provided with annular grooves, and the first plugs 12 are embedded in the annular grooves.
  • the outer end faces of the two first plugs 12 are provided with end sealing rings, and an axial sealing ring is provided between the first plugs 12 and the inner wall of the annular grooves.
  • the end sealing rings and the axial sealing rings can prevent the cutting fluid from leaking from the matching surfaces of the roller 1 and the rotating shafts of the first bearing box 3 and the second bearing box 4.
  • the surface of the roller 1 is provided with a plurality of wire grooves 11.
  • the pull rod 2 is in the shape of a long straight strip, part of which is inserted into the first axial hole, and both ends extend out of the first axial hole.
  • a first channel 21 is provided in the pull rod 2, and the first channel 21 is linear.
  • One end of the pull rod 2 extends into the first bearing box 3, and the other end extends out of the second bearing box 4 and extends into the rotary joint assembly 5.
  • a liquid outlet 23 is provided at one end of the pull rod 2 extending into the first bearing box 3, and a liquid inlet 22 is provided at one end of the pull rod 2 extending into the rotary joint assembly 5.
  • the liquid inlet 22 and the liquid outlet 23 are both connected to the first channel 21, so that the cutting liquid supply device can flow into the first channel 21 through the liquid inlet 22, and then flow out through the liquid outlet 23.
  • the cutting liquid flowing out of the liquid outlet 23 can flow back into the second channel 24, which prolongs the time of the cutting liquid in the roller 1 and can improve the cooling effect of the roller 1 during the cutting process.
  • the two first plugs 12 are respectively provided with through holes and connecting holes.
  • the through holes are arranged along the axis of the first plug 12, and the through holes are inserted on the pull rod 2.
  • the connecting holes are connected to the second channel 24, so that the connecting holes can serve as a flow channel for the cutting fluid, forming a cooling circulation path with the second channel 24 and the first channel 21 to cool the roller 1.
  • the first bearing box 3 is cylindrical, and includes a first rotating shaft 31, a plurality of first bearings 36, a first bearing sleeve 37 and a first flange 35.
  • the first rotating shaft 31 is sleeved with a plurality of first bearings 36, and the plurality of first bearings 36 are sleeved with a first bearing sleeve 37.
  • the first bearing sleeve 37 is provided with a first flange 35 at the end surface close to the roller shaft 1, and the first flange 35 is connected to the first bearing sleeve 37 by bolts.
  • the first rotating shaft 31 extends out of the first bearing sleeve 37 at both ends, and the axial surface of the portion of the first rotating shaft 31 extending out of the first bearing sleeve 37 at one end is a conical surface, which can be inserted into the first shaft hole of the roller shaft 1, and is matched and connected with the trumpet-shaped end conical surface of the first shaft hole, so that the first bearing box 3 is connected to the roller shaft 1 by transmission.
  • the portion of the other end of the first rotating shaft 31 extending out of the first bearing box 3 can be connected to the motor 8 through the coupling 7, so that the roller shaft 1 can rotate at a high speed under the drive of the motor 8.
  • the first rotating shaft 31 on the first bearing box 3 rotates under the action of the coupling 7. Since the first rotating shaft 31 is connected with the roller shaft 1 by the conical surface, the roller shaft 1 can rotate synchronously under the action of the first rotating shaft 31. During the high-speed rotation of the roller shaft assembly, the first rotating shaft 31 rotates synchronously at a high speed.
  • a first channel 32 and a plurality of second channels 33 are provided at one end of the first rotating shaft 31 close to the roller shaft 1.
  • the first channel 32 is arranged along the axis of the first rotating shaft 31.
  • the plurality of second channels 33 are provided in a circumferential distribution form.
  • the outer peripheral side of the first rotating shaft 31 is provided with a plurality of radial channels 34 in a radial direction.
  • the radial channels 34 are arranged one by one with the second channels 33.
  • the radial channels 34 connect the second end of the first channel 32 with the first end of the second channel 33, so that the cutting fluid in the first channel 32 flows into the second channel 33 under the guidance of the radial channels 34, thereby cooling the first rotating shaft 31 and reducing the temperature generated during the high-speed rotation of the first rotating shaft 31.
  • the radial channel 34 is not necessarily provided, and those skilled in the art can provide the radial channel 34 according to the specific application scenario.
  • the second hole 33 can also be arranged obliquely, so that the first end of the second hole 33 is directly connected to the second end of the first hole 32 without the radial hole 34, thereby achieving the purpose of cooling the first rotating shaft 31.
  • one end of the radial hole 34 located on the outer peripheral side of the first rotating shaft 31 is blocked, so that the cutting fluid can only flow in the roller assembly.
  • one end of the pull rod 2 is threadedly connected to the first hole 32, so that the second end of the second hole 33 is connected to the first end of the first channel 21, forming a cooling circulation path, so that the cutting fluid in the first channel 21 can flow into the first hole 32 through the liquid outlet 23, and the cutting fluid in the first hole 32 flows into the second hole 33 through the radial hole 34, and the cutting fluid in the second hole 33 flows into the second channel 24, thereby achieving the purpose of cooling the roller 1 and the first rotating shaft 31.
  • a plurality of positioning posts are provided on one end face of the first rotating shaft 31 close to the roller shaft 1, and a plurality of positioning holes are provided at both ends of the roller shaft 1, and the positioning holes correspond to and match the positioning posts one by one, so that the first bearing box 3 can be quickly and accurately installed on the roller shaft 1.
  • the end of the first rotating shaft 31 can press against the end sealing ring on the outer end face of the first plug 12, which can prevent the cutting fluid from leaking from the matching surface between the roller shaft 1 and the first rotating shaft.
  • the second bearing box 4 is cylindrical, and the second bearing box 4 includes a second bearing sleeve 45, multiple second bearings 44, a second rotating shaft 41 and a second flange 43.
  • Multiple second bearings 44 are sleeved on the second rotating shaft 41, and multiple second bearings 44 are sleeved on the second bearing sleeve 45.
  • Second flanges 43 are provided at both ends of the second bearing sleeve 45.
  • the second flange 43 is connected to the second bearing sleeve 45 by bolts.
  • the second rotating shaft 41 is inserted into the second bearing sleeve 45.
  • the end of the second rotating shaft 41 close to the roller shaft 1 extends out of the second bearing sleeve 45 and the axial surface is conical, which can be inserted into the first shaft hole and matched with the trumpet-shaped end conical surface of the first shaft hole, so that the second bearing box 4 is transmission-connected to the roller shaft 1, so that the second rotating shaft 41 rotates synchronously when the roller shaft 1 rotates.
  • the second rotating shaft 41 rotates synchronously at a high speed.
  • a second shaft hole is opened at one end of the second rotating shaft 41 close to the roller 1, and the pull rod 2 is partially inserted into the second shaft hole.
  • the fifth channel 42 is connected to the second end of the second channel 24, so that the cutting fluid in the second channel 24 can flow into the fifth channel 42, thereby cooling the second rotating shaft 41 and reducing the temperature generated during the high-speed rotation of the second rotating shaft 41.
  • a plurality of positioning columns are provided at one end of the second rotating shaft 41 close to the roller 1. The positioning columns can correspond to and cooperate with the positioning holes at the corresponding positions of the roller 1, so that the second bearing box 4 can be quickly and accurately installed on the roller 1, and the second rotating shaft 41 can also quickly cooperate with the trumpet-shaped end cone of the first shaft hole.
  • the end of the second rotating shaft 41 can be pressed against the end sealing ring on the outer end surface of the first plug 12, thereby preventing the cutting fluid from leaking from the matching surface between the roller 1 and the second rotating shaft 41.
  • the rotary joint assembly 5 includes a third rotary shaft 51, a jacket 52, a partition member 54 and an end cap 55.
  • the jacket 52 has an inner cavity, in which the third rotary shaft 51 is arranged.
  • the partition member 54 is sleeved on the third rotary shaft 51 and abuts against the inner wall of the jacket 52, so as to separate the inner cavity of the jacket 52 into a first inner cavity 532.
  • the third rotary shaft 51 is provided with a through hole 531 connected to the first inner cavity 532, and the end cap 55 is sealingly buckled at one end of the jacket 52 away from the second connecting portion, so that the end cap 55, the jacket 52 and the partition member 54 surround and form a second inner cavity 57 that is not connected to the first inner cavity 532.
  • the third rotating shaft 51 is sleeved with a pressure plate 511, a rotating shaft support 512, two third bearings 513, a mechanical seal 59, and a partition member 54, wherein the pressure plate 511, the rotating shaft support 512, the two third bearings 513, the mechanical seal 59, and the partition member 54 are sequentially arranged from the second bearing box 4 to the rotating joint assembly 5.
  • the pressure plate 511 is fixed to one end of the third rotating shaft 51 close to the second bearing box 4, and the third rotating shaft 51 partially extends out of the pressure plate 511 and is inserted into the second shaft hole of the second rotating shaft 41.
  • the pressure plate 511 and the end of the second rotating shaft 41 are fixedly connected by bolts, so that the third rotating shaft 51 can rotate synchronously under the transmission action of the second rotating shaft 41.
  • the rotating shaft support 512 is integrally formed with the third rotating shaft 51 and one end close to the pressure plate 511 abuts against the pressure plate 511, and the rotating shaft support 512 and the pressure plate 511 are sealed by an O-ring to prevent the cutting fluid from flowing into the second bearing box 4 and causing damage.
  • One of the two third bearings 513 is arranged close to the pressure plate 511, and the other is arranged away from the pressure plate 511.
  • the third bearing 513 away from the pressure plate 511 is completely arranged in the inner cavity of the outer sleeve 52, and the bearing part close to the pressure plate 511 is arranged in the inner cavity of the outer sleeve 52, and part of it extends out of the inner cavity.
  • a bearing cover 514 is sleeved on the third bearing 513 extending out of the inner cavity, and the bearing cover 514 is fixedly connected to the outer sleeve 52 by bolts.
  • a lip seal ring 515 is sleeved in the gap and on the second rotating shaft 41 to prevent the cutting fluid from flowing into the second rotating shaft after the mechanical seal 59 fails.
  • the lip seal 515 is placed in the bearing box 4, causing damage to it.
  • the lip of the lip seal 515 faces the third bearing 513, and a lip seal cover 516 is sleeved on the lip seal 515.
  • the lip seal cover 516 is fixed between the bearing cover 514 and the rotating shaft support 512.
  • the third rotating shaft 51 is also sleeved with a stopper, which is fixed on the third rotating shaft 51, and one end face of the stopper abuts against an end face of the third bearing 513 away from the second bearing box 4, so that the two third bearings 513 are fixed between the stopper and the lip seal 515.
  • the mechanical seal 59 sleeved on the third rotating shaft 51 can prevent the refluxed cutting fluid from entering the third bearing 513 and causing damage to the third bearing 513.
  • the mechanical seal 59 is arranged close to the second bearing box 4, and the part of the mechanical seal 59 close to the second bearing box 4 abuts against the inner wall of the inner cavity and is sealed by the seal ring. There is a gap between the outer wall of the remaining part of the mechanical seal 59 and the inner wall of the inner cavity.
  • the partition component 54 includes a rotating sleeve 541 and a retaining ring 542 sleeved on the third rotating shaft 51.
  • the rotating sleeve 541 abuts against the inner wall of the inner cavity.
  • the retaining ring 542 is fixed to the end of the rotating sleeve 541 away from the second bearing box 4, thereby limiting the rotating sleeve 541.
  • the retaining ring 542 is fixedly connected to the inner wall of the inner cavity.
  • the rotating sleeve 541 is arranged close to the mechanical seal 59, and there is a gap between the rotating sleeve 541 and the mechanical seal 59, so that the rotating sleeve 542 and the retaining ring 541 separate the inner cavity of the outer sleeve 52 into the first inner cavity 532.
  • the setting of the partition component 54 can prevent the cutting fluid that flows back into the rotary joint assembly 5 from mixing with the newly entered cutting fluid, thereby affecting the cooling effect of the roller assembly.
  • the outer sleeve 52 is provided with a liquid injection port 521 and a liquid return port 522, and the liquid injection port 521 and the liquid return port 522 are respectively provided with joints 523.
  • the liquid injection port 521 is connected to the outlet of the cutting liquid supply device through the joint 523, and the liquid return port 522 is connected to the inlet of the cutting liquid supply device through the joint 523.
  • the liquid return port 522 is connected to the first inner cavity 532, and the liquid injection port 521 is connected to the second inner cavity 57.
  • an end seal buckle of the outer sleeve 52 away from the second bearing box 4 is provided with an end cover 55, and the end cover 55, the outer sleeve 52 and the partition component 54 are surrounded to form a second inner cavity 57 that is not connected to the first inner cavity 532, so as to prevent the cutting liquid that flows back into the rotary joint assembly 5 from mixing with the newly entered cutting liquid, thereby affecting the cooling effect of the roller assembly.
  • an O-ring is fixed between the end cover 55 and the outer sleeve 52 to prevent the leakage of the cutting liquid.
  • a through hole 531 is radially provided on the outer peripheral side of the third rotating shaft 51.
  • the through hole 531 is provided on the portion between the mechanical seal 59 and the rotating sleeve 541 on the third rotating shaft 51, and the through hole 531 is communicated with the first inner cavity 532.
  • a third axial hole is also provided on the third rotating shaft 51, and the pull rod 2 is partially inserted into the third axial hole, and a gap 533 exists between the outer wall of the pull rod 2 and the inner wall of the third axial hole.
  • the first inner cavity 532 and the through hole 531 on the third rotating shaft 51 and the gap 533 between the outer wall of the pull rod 2 and the inner wall of the third rotating shaft 51 form a sixth channel 53, wherein the sixth channel 53 is communicated with the second end of the fifth channel 42, so that the cutting fluid in the fifth channel 42 can flow into the sixth channel 53, and then flow back to the cutting fluid supply device through the sixth channel 53 and the return liquid port 522.
  • the portion of the third rotating shaft 51 away from the through hole 531 is sealed with the tie rod 2 through an O-ring, thereby preventing the cutting fluid from flowing into the interior of the rotating joint assembly 5 through the sixth channel 53 and damaging other components in the rotating joint assembly 5, and preventing the refluxed cutting fluid from mixing with the newly entered cutting fluid.
  • one end of the tie rod 2 extends through the third axial hole into the second inner cavity 57, so that the liquid inlet 22 can be connected to the liquid injection port 521 through the second inner cavity 57, so that the cutting fluid in the cutting fluid supply device can flow to the first channel 21 through the liquid injection port 521, the second inner cavity 57, and the liquid inlet 22 to cool the roller assembly.
  • a pressure block 56 is also sleeved on the third rotating shaft 51. The pressure block 56 is sleeved on the part of the pull rod 2 away from the first connecting part and pressed against the third rotating shaft 51.
  • the nut 561 is screwed on the part of the pull rod 2 away from the second bearing box 4 and pressed on the pressure block 56, so that the second bearing box 4, the roller shaft 1, and the first bearing box 3 are axially locked, thereby improving the connection firmness of the rotating joint assembly 5, the first bearing box 3, the roller shaft 1, and the second bearing box 4.
  • a third flange 517 is installed on the outer sleeve 52, and the third flange 517 is fixedly connected to the second flange 43 on the second bearing box 4 by bolts, so as to connect the rotary joint assembly 5 and the second bearing box 4 together.
  • An O-ring is provided at the connection between the third flange 517 and the outer sleeve 52 to prevent dust in the air from invading the second bearing box 4 and causing damage.
  • a pull rod 58 is provided at one end of the third flange 517 away from the second bearing box 4, and the pull rod 58 extends along the third flange 517 in a direction away from the second bearing box 4.
  • a fixing seat 581 is sleeved on the pull rod 58, and one end of the fixing seat 581 is fixedly connected to the outer sleeve 52 to prevent the outer sleeve 52 from rotating with the third rotating shaft 51.
  • the setting of the pull rod 58 can also assist in disassembling the second bearing box 4.
  • the outer sleeve 52 is also provided with a drain hole connected to the inner cavity, and a drain valve 518 is provided on the drain hole. At this time, the leaked cutting fluid can be discharged through the drain hole by opening the drain valve 518.
  • a drain port is provided on the third flange 517.
  • the outlet is provided with a second plug 5171, and at this time, the second plug 5171 is pulled out so that the cutting fluid in the rotary joint assembly 5 can flow out through the drain outlet.
  • the cooling principle of the roller assembly during high-speed rotation is as follows: the cutting liquid is discharged from the outlet of the cutting liquid supply device, flows into the second inner cavity 57 in the rotary joint assembly 5 through the liquid injection port 521, and then flows into the first channel 21 in the pull rod 2 through the liquid inlet 22 on the pull rod 2.
  • the cutting liquid in the first channel 21 flows into the first channel 32 of the first bearing box 3, and then flows into the gap between the pull rod 2 and the roller 1 through the radial channel 34 and the second channel 33.
  • the cutting liquid in the gap flows into the gap 533 between the pull rod 2 and the rotary joint assembly 5 through the gap between the pull rod 2 and the second bearing box 4 in turn.
  • the cutting liquid can pass through the first inner cavity 532 and the return liquid port 522 in turn through the through hole 531 and flow back to the cutting liquid supply device. This cycle is used to realize the cooling of the roller assembly during high-speed rotation.
  • the wire-retracting and -paying device of the present application is described below in conjunction with Figures 55 to 58.
  • the wire cutting machine of the present application also includes a wire-retracting and -paying device 1, which includes a wire roller 13, and the wire roller 13 includes a wire roller body 131 and a reinforcement.
  • a through hole 1315 is provided in the center of the wire roller body 131 along the axial direction, and the reinforcement is embedded in the interior of the through hole 1315 along the axial direction to support the wire roller body 131.
  • the reinforcement provided in the through hole 1315 of the wire roller body 131 can support the wire roller body 131, and when the winding amount increases and the line speed is increased, the wire roller body 131 is strengthened to avoid deformation of the wire roller body 131, and the wire roller 13 does not need to be redesigned, saving costs.
  • the interior of the reinforcement is hollow.
  • the reinforcement is a spacer sleeve 132, and the length of the spacer sleeve 132 is less than the length of the through hole 1315.
  • the line roller body 131 is provided with a first through hole 1311.
  • four first through holes 1311 are provided, and the four first through holes 1311 are evenly distributed along the circumference of the line roller body 131, and each first through hole 1311 is penetrated with a first fastener.
  • the first fastener is a flat head screw 136 screwed into the first through hole 1311, and the top of the flat head screw 136 abuts against the outer wall of the spacer sleeve 132.
  • the spacer sleeve 132 is made of alloy structural steel 42CrMo
  • the line roller body 131 is made of aluminum alloy. In this way, a small gap or a small interference fit can be maintained between the spacer 132 and the line roller body 131, which is convenient for installation and can improve the matching effect between the spacer 132 and the line roller body 131.
  • the spacer 132 is a hollow structure, which is convenient for installation and can reduce the weight of the line roller 13, taking into account the lightweight and strength of the line roller.
  • the flat head screw 136 can be abutted on the outer wall of the spacer 132 to increase the friction force, strengthen the combination between the spacer 132 and the line roller 13, avoid sliding between the spacer 132 and the line roller 13, and increase the stability of the structure.
  • the elastic modulus of the alloy structural steel 42CrMo is high, which can better strengthen the line roller body 131 and resist deformation.
  • the use of aluminum alloy to prepare the line roller body 131 is conducive to the lightweight of the line roller body 131.
  • the length of the spacer 132 is shorter than the length of the through hole 1315 , so as to avoid other structures.
  • the line roller 13 also includes a support sleeve 137, and the support sleeve 137 is arranged in the spacer sleeve 132, and the support sleeve 137 abuts against the spacer sleeve 132.
  • a second through hole is radially arranged in the middle of the upper part of the support sleeve 137, and a screw is arranged in the second through hole, and the screw is screwed together with the structure to be installed, such as the motor shaft 111.
  • the support sleeve 137 arranged in the spacer sleeve 132 can prevent the spacer sleeve 132 and the line roller body 131 from being suspended in large quantities, further strengthen the line roller body 131, and resist deformation.
  • the support sleeve 137 is connected to other structures by screws, and the support sleeve 137 is fixed to enhance the stability of the structure.
  • the line roller 13 further includes a first cone sleeve 133 and a second cone sleeve 134.
  • One end of the first cone sleeve 133 is sleeved on the first end of the line roller body 131 (the left end of the line roller body 131 in FIG. 58 ), and the other end of the first cone sleeve 133 is radially formed with a first flange 1331, and the first flange 1331 abuts against the first end of the line roller body 131.
  • One end of the second cone sleeve 134 is sleeved on the second end of the line roller body 131 (the right end of the line roller body 131 in FIG. 58 ), and the other end of the second cone sleeve 134 is radially formed with a second flange 1341, and the second flange 1341 abuts against the second end of the line roller body 131.
  • a first countersunk hole is provided on the first flange 1331
  • a first blind hole is provided on the first end of the line roller body 131, and the first blind hole is arranged opposite to the first countersunk hole, and the second fastener is inserted into the first countersunk hole and the first blind hole.
  • the first blind hole is at least partially provided with threads, preferably, except for the bottom of the first blind hole, all parts are provided with threads.
  • the second fastener is a first screw 138, and the first screw 138 passes through the first countersunk hole and is screwed to the wire roller body 131.
  • the second flange 1341 is provided with a second countersunk hole, and the second end of the wire roller body 131 is provided with a second blind hole, and the second blind hole is arranged opposite to the second countersunk hole.
  • the third fastener It is penetrated in the second countersunk hole and the second blind hole.
  • the second blind hole is at least partially provided with threads, and preferably, threads are provided except for the bottom of the second blind hole.
  • the third fastener is a second screw 135, and the second screw 135 passes through the second countersunk hole and is screwed on the line roller body 131.
  • the two ends of the line roller body 131 extend radially outward to form a third flange 1312 and a fourth flange 1313 respectively.
  • the first flange 1331 is combined with the left end of the line roller body 131, and the first screw 138 fixes the first cone sleeve 133 to the left end of the line roller body 131, the second flange 1341 is combined with the right end of the line roller body 131, and the second screw 135 fixes the second cone sleeve 134 to the right end of the line roller body 131, so as to facilitate the fixing of the line roller body 131 by the first cone sleeve 133 and the second cone sleeve 134.
  • the third flange 1312 and the fourth flange 1313 on the wire roller body 131 can limit the cutting wire wound on the wire roller body 131 between the third flange 1312 and the fourth flange 1313 to prevent the cutting wire from slipping.
  • the wire-retracting and unwinding device 1 further includes a first pressing member 14 and a second pressing member 15.
  • the first pressing member 14 is arranged at one end of the line roller body 131
  • the second pressing member 15 is arranged at the other end of the line roller body 131.
  • the first pressing member 14 and the second pressing member 15 are used to fix the line roller body 131. In this way, the line roller body 131 can be fixed by the first pressing member 14 and the second pressing member 15 to prevent the line roller body 131 from moving during operation.
  • the support sleeve 137 is sleeved on the motor shaft 111 of the motor 11, and a second through hole is radially arranged on the support sleeve 137.
  • a blind hole with a thread is arranged on the motor shaft 111 at a position opposite to the second through hole, and a screw inserted in the second through hole fixes the support sleeve 137 on the motor shaft 111.
  • the spacer sleeve 132 is sleeved in the through hole 1315 in the middle of the line roller body 131, and the inner wall of the spacer sleeve 132 abuts against the support sleeve 137.
  • the left end of the line roller body 131 abuts against the right end of the first clamping member 14, and the left end of the first clamping member 14 is connected to the motor 11 through a connecting portion.
  • the right end of the line roller body 131 abuts against the left end of the second pressing member 15, and the fastening assembly 12 at the right end of the second pressing member 15 squeezes the second pressing member 15, locking the second pressing member 15 on the motor shaft 111, and the inner inclined surfaces at both ends of the inner wall of the line roller body 131 are tightly combined with the right end of the first pressing member 14 and the left end of the second pressing member 15, respectively, so that the line roller is concentric with the motor shaft.
  • a third flange 1312 and a fourth flange 1313 are formed on the line roller body 131, and the cutting line is wound between the third flange 1312 and the fourth flange 1313.
  • the structure of the fastening assembly 12 is a conventional structure in the art and will not be repeated here.
  • the wire roller body 131 is arranged on the tensioning assembly 16, the left end of the wire roller body 131 abuts against the first flange 1331 of the first cone sleeve 133, the first screw 138 passes through the first countersunk hole on the first flange 1331 and is screwed into the first blind hole at the left end of the wire roller body 131, the right end of the wire roller body 131 abuts against the second flange 1341 of the second cone sleeve 134, and the second screw 135 passes through the second countersunk hole on the second flange 1341 and is screwed into the second blind hole at the right end of the wire roller body 131.
  • the first pressing member 14 abuts against the first cone sleeve 133, and the first pressing member 14 is sleeved in the bearing box 18.
  • the second pressing member 15 abuts against the second cone sleeve 134, and the second pressing member 15 is connected to the motor 11 through the power connection assembly 17.
  • the tensioning assembly 16 is used to tighten the wire roller body 131 to prevent the wire roller 131 from sliding between the first pressing member 14 and the second pressing member 15.
  • the bearing box 18 and the left end of the bottom of the motor 11 are respectively supported on the support 19 at the bottom of the wire-reeling device 1.
  • the structures of the tensioning assembly 16, the power connection assembly 17, etc. are conventional structures in the art and will not be repeated here.
  • the present application also provides a wire cutting machine, which includes the above-mentioned swing device 10 or the above-mentioned cutting assembly and the wire retracting and releasing device.
  • the present application also provides a control method of the swing device 10, including: S101, controlling the first driving part 103 and the second driving part 105 to start and rotate in the same direction; S103, controlling the first driving part 103 to stop rotating after rotating a first preset angle; S105, controlling the second driving part 105 to rotate at a second preset angle to reduce speed, stop rotating or rotate in the opposite direction, so that the second driving gear 106 and the driven gear part 107 are oppositely fitted.
  • a predetermined number of pulses are input to the first driving part 103 and the second driving part 105 respectively, wherein the number of pulses input to the first driving part 103 is greater than or equal to the number of pulses input to the second driving part 105, so that the first driving part 103 and the second driving part 105 rotate in the same direction, so as to jointly drive the swing device 10 to swing from the first side to the second side, and when the rotation angle of the first driving part 103 reaches the first preset angle, the first driving part 103 is controlled to stop rotating, and at this time, the second swing plate 102 stops rotating or is about to stop rotating.
  • the second driving part 105 rotates to the second preset angle
  • the first driving part 103 has not stopped rotating or has just stopped rotating, that is, the second swing plate 102 has not stopped swinging or has just stopped swinging.
  • the second driving part 105 is controlled to rotate at a reduced speed or stop rotating, or a reverse pulse is input to the second driving part 105 to control the second driving part 105 to rotate in the reverse direction, so that the second driving part 105 drives the second driving gear 106
  • the swing device 10 is controlled to swing in the opposite direction from the second side to the first side
  • the second driving gear 106 has been meshed with the driven gear 107, and there is no gap between the two.
  • the above control method is conducive to realizing the transmission clearance elimination during the swing process, and improving the swing stability and control accuracy of the swing device 10.
  • the step of controlling the second drive unit 105 to rotate at a second preset angle and then slow down, stop or reversely includes: obtaining the real-time rotation speed of the second drive unit 105 after the second preset angle is rotated; judging the magnitude of the real-time rotation speed and the preset speed threshold; when the real-time rotation speed is less than the speed threshold, controlling the second drive unit 105 to rotate at a slow speed, stop or reversely.
  • the speed threshold can be any value between 0.1r/min-5r/min.
  • the second drive unit 105 When the real-time rotation speed of the second drive unit 105 is less than the above-mentioned speed threshold, it is in a deceleration stage, and the speed approaches zero. At this time, the second drive unit 105 is controlled to rotate at a slow speed, stop or reversely to achieve the reverse fit of the second driving gear 106 and the driven gear portion 107.
  • the second drive unit 105 can be controlled to slow down, stop or rotate in the opposite direction when the real-time rotation speed of the second drive unit 105 approaches zero, thereby improving the swing control accuracy, reducing the influence of the reverse fitting of the second drive unit 105 on the swing, and reducing energy consumption.
  • the present application also provides a control method for the swing device 10 , including: S201 , obtaining the first torque of the first drive unit 103 and the second torque of the second drive unit 105 ; S203 , calculating the difference between the first torque and the second torque ; S205 , judging the difference between the difference and the preset difference threshold ; S207 , if the difference is greater than the preset difference threshold , then controlling the drive unit with smaller torque in the first drive unit 103 and the second drive unit 105 to increase the speed so that the difference between the torque of the adjusted first drive motor and the torque of the second drive motor is less than the difference threshold .
  • the present application obtains the torque values of the first drive unit 103 and the second drive unit 105 during operation, and determines whether the difference between the torque values of the two is too large. If the difference is greater than the preset difference threshold, it is proved that the above problem has occurred.
  • the drive unit with relatively small torque is servo-compensated to increase its rotation speed to increase the driving torque of the drive unit, so that the driving torques of the two drive units are approximately equal.
  • the way to increase the rotation speed can be to increase the driving torque by first increasing the rotation speed of the drive unit, and then reduce the speed to the original speed and rotate synchronously with the other drive unit.
  • the way to increase the rotation speed can also be to directly fine-tune the rotation speed, so that the rotation speed of the drive unit is increased and the rotation speed is kept running until the next time the difference between the two is greater than the difference threshold, and then adjust again.
  • the present application also provides a control method for the liquid circuit system, including: S301, obtaining the real-time temperature of the cutting liquid in the box body of the debris box.
  • the real-time temperature of the cutting liquid in the box body of the debris box is obtained by a first temperature sensor.
  • S303 judging the difference between the real-time temperature and the preset temperature threshold or whether the real-time temperature is in a preset temperature range.
  • the preset temperature threshold or the preset temperature range is preset in advance or set on-site by the staff.
  • the real-time temperature is compared with the maximum/minimum value of the preset temperature threshold or the preset temperature range.
  • controlling the operating state of the heating unit further includes: when the real-time temperature is less than the preset temperature threshold, controlling the heating unit to start or increase the heating power of the heating unit; when the real-time temperature is greater than the preset temperature threshold, controlling the heating unit to stop running or reduce the heating power of the heating unit; when the real-time temperature is less than the minimum value of the preset temperature interval, controlling the heating unit to start running or increase the heating power of the heating unit; when the real-time temperature is greater than the maximum value of the preset temperature interval, controlling the heating unit to stop running or reduce the heating power of the heating unit.
  • the heating unit is controlled to start or the heating power of the heating unit is increased to increase the temperature of the cutting fluid in the liquid supply cylinder, thereby increasing the temperature of the cutting fluid in the debris box.
  • the heating unit is controlled to stop running or the heating power of the heating unit is reduced to reduce the temperature of the cutting fluid in the liquid supply cylinder.
  • the temperature of the cutting fluid in the chip box is reduced by the control method. The temperature of the cutting fluid in the chip box can be effectively adjusted to improve the temperature stability and the heat preservation effect of the cutting fluid on the slices, thereby improving the quality and yield of the slices.
  • the present application also provides another liquid circuit system control method, including: S401, obtaining the actual height of the cutting liquid in the box body of the debris box.
  • the actual height of the cutting liquid in the box body of the debris box is obtained by a liquid level sensor.
  • S403 judging the difference between the actual height and the preset height threshold or whether the actual height is in the preset height interval.
  • the preset height threshold or the preset height interval is preset in advance or set on-site by the staff. After obtaining the actual height, the actual height is compared with the maximum/minimum value of the preset height threshold or the preset height interval.
  • controlling the opening of the flow control valve further includes: when the actual height is less than the preset height threshold, controlling the opening of the flow regulating valve to increase; when the actual height is greater than the preset height threshold, controlling the opening of the flow regulating valve to decrease; when the actual height is less than the minimum value of the preset height interval, controlling the opening of the flow regulating valve to increase; when the actual height is greater than the maximum value of the preset height interval, controlling the opening of the flow regulating valve to decrease.
  • the opening of the flow regulating valve is controlled to increase to increase the flow of the cutting liquid entering the debris box, thereby increasing the height of the cutting liquid in the debris box.
  • the opening of the flow regulating valve is controlled to decrease to reduce the flow of the cutting liquid entering the debris box, thereby reducing the height of the cutting liquid in the debris box.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Electrochemistry (AREA)
  • Processing Of Stones Or Stones Resemblance Materials (AREA)

Abstract

本发明涉及线切割技术领域,具体涉及一种线切割机及其控制方法。本申请旨在解决现有摆动装置存在的稳定性差、精度低的问题。为此目的,本申请的线切割机进给总成,进给总成包括摆动装置,摆动装置包括:第一摆动板和第二摆动板,第二摆动板位于第一摆动板的下方,且第二摆动板用于连接晶托;从动齿部,从动齿部设置于第二摆动板;第一驱动部和第一主动齿轮,第一驱动部设置于第一摆动板,且第一驱动部与第一主动齿轮连接,第一主动齿轮与从动齿部啮合;第二驱动部和第二主动齿轮,第二驱动部设置于第一摆动板,且第二驱动部与第二主动齿轮连接,第二主动齿轮与从动齿部啮合。本申请可以提高摆动装置的摆动稳定性和摆动精度,降低生产成本。

Description

线切割机及其控制方法 技术领域
本发明涉及线切割技术领域,具体涉及一种线切割机及其控制方法。
背景技术
多线切割是一种通过金属丝的高速往复运动,把磨料带入待切割件的加工区域进行研磨,将硬脆材料一次同时切割为数百片薄片的一种切割加工方法。多线切割在线切割机上实现,举例而言,线切割机的运行时,待切割件自上向下进给运动,线网在高速旋转过程中把待切割件切割成多个切片。
为了提高对高硬度待切割件的切割效率和切割质量,部分线切割机在进给总成上设置摆动装置,通过摆动装置自身摆动的同时带动位于其下部的待切割件一起摆动,来实现对待切割件的摆动切割。摆动装置通常采用皮带传动或齿轮传动的形式实现,但是,目前摆动装置仍存在传动精度低或者传动稳定性差的问题,不利于切割质量的提升。
相应地,本领域需要一种新的技术方案来解决上述问题。
发明内容
为了解决现有技术中的上述至少一个问题,即为了解决现有摆动装置存在的稳定性差、精度低的问题,本申请第一方面提供了一种线切割机,包括进给总成,所述进给总成包括滑板箱和设置在滑板箱下部的摆动装置,摆动装置包括:第一摆动板和第二摆动板,所述第二摆动板位于所述第一摆动板的下方,且所述第二摆动板用于连接晶托;从动齿部,所述从动齿部设置于所述第二摆动板;第一驱动部和第一主动齿轮,所述第一驱动部设置于所述第一摆动板,且所述第一驱动部与所述第一主动齿轮连接,所述第一主动齿轮与所述从动齿部啮合;第二驱动部和第二主动齿轮,所述第二驱动部设置于所述第一摆动板,且所述第二驱动部与所述第二主动齿轮连接,所述第二主动齿轮与所述从动齿部啮合。
通过设置两个驱动部和两个主动齿轮,并将两个主动齿轮同时与从动齿部相啮合,可以提高摆动装置的摆动稳定性和摆动精度,降低生产成本。具体地,由于设置有两个驱动部和两个主动齿轮,因此在摆动过程中可以通过对其中一个驱动部进行伺服补偿,有利于实现主动齿轮与从动齿部间的传动消隙,提高摆动稳定性和摆动精度。
本申请第二方面提供了一种线切割机的控制方法,所述线切割机包括进给总成,所述进给总成包括包括滑板箱和设置在滑板箱下部的摆动装置,所述摆动装置包括第一摆动板、第二摆动板、第一驱动部、第一主动齿轮、第二驱动部、第二主动齿轮以及从动齿部,所述第一驱动部与所述第一主动齿轮连接,所述第二驱动部与所述第二主动齿轮连接,所述第一主动齿轮和所述第二主动齿轮同时与所述从动齿部啮合,所述控制方法包括:控制所述第一驱动部和所述第二驱动部启动并朝相同方向转动;控制所述第一驱动部转动第一预设角度后停止转动;控制所述第二驱动部转动第二预设角度后降速转动、停止转动或反向转动,以使得第二主动齿轮与所述从动齿部反向贴合;其中,所述第二预设角度小于等于所述第一预设角度。
通过上述控制方法,可以实现摆动过程的传动消隙,提高摆动装置的摆动稳定性和控制精度。
本申请第三方面提供了一种摆动装置的控制方法,所述线切割机包括进给总成,所述进给总成包括包括滑板箱和设置在滑板箱下部的摆动装置,所述摆动装置包括第一摆动板、第二摆动板、第一驱动部、第一主动齿轮、第二驱动部、第二主动齿轮以及从动齿部,所述第一驱动部与所述第一主动齿轮连接,所述第二驱动部与所述第二主动齿轮连接,所述第一主动齿轮和所述第二主动齿轮同时与所述从动齿部啮合,所述控制方法包括:获取所述第一驱动部的第一扭矩和所述第二驱动部的第二扭矩;计算所述第一扭矩与所述第二扭矩之间的差值;判断所述差值与预设差值阈值大小;如果所述差值大于所述预设差值阈值,则控制所 述第一驱动部和所述第二驱动部中扭矩较小的驱动部提高转速,以使得调整后的所述第一驱动电机的扭矩与所述第二驱动电机的扭矩之差小于所述差值阈值。
通过上述控制方法,有利于实现传动过程的传动消隙,提高摆动装置的摆动稳定性和控制精度。
本申请第四方面提供一种线切割机的控制方法,所述线切割机包括液路***,所述液路***包括热流管路、供液缸、加热部、碎片盒和第二温度传感器,所述供液缸的缸体与所述碎片盒的盒体连通,所述供液缸的缸体还与所述热流管路连通,所述热流管路与所述盒体内部连通,所述控制方法包括:获取所述碎片盒的盒体内的切割液的实时温度;判断所述实时温度与预设温度阈值的大小或所述实时温度是否处于预设温度区间;根据判断结果,控制所述加热部的运行状态。
通过上述控制方法,可以有效调节碎片盒内的切割液温度,提高温度的稳定性,以及切割液对切片的保温效果,提高切片的质量和良率。
本申请第五方面提供一种线切割机的控制方法,所述线切割机包括液路***,所述液路***包括热流管路、流量调节阀、碎片盒和液位传感器,所述热流管路与所述碎片盒的盒体内部连通,所述流量调节阀设置于所述热流管路上,所述控制方法包括:获取所述碎片盒的盒体内的切割液的实际高度;判断所述实际高度与预设高度阈值的大小或所述实际高度是否处于预设高度区间;根据判断结果,控制所述流量调节阀的开度。
通过上述控制方法,可以有效调节碎片盒内的切割液高度,使得切割液的高度符合设定需求,从而提高切片的质量和产品良率。
附图说明
图1为本申请实施例1的摆动装置的装配图;图2为本申请实施例1的摆动装置的主视图;图3为本申请实施例1的摆动装置的侧视图;图4为本申请实施例1的夹紧机构的装配图;图5为本申请实施例1的夹紧机构中推动部和传动部的装配图;图6为本申请实施例1的夹紧部的结构图;图7为本申请实施例1的夹紧机构在推动部处的侧剖图;图8为本申请实施例1的夹紧机构在夹紧部处的侧剖图;图9为本申请实施例1的夹紧机构的主视剖视图;图10为本申请实施例1的夹紧机构的工作原理图(一);图11为本申请实施例1的夹紧机构的工作原理图(二);图12为本申请实施例1的进给总成的装配图;图13为本申请实施例1的进给总成的后视图;图14为本申请实施例2的第一种实施方式的进给总成的安装状态图;图15为本申请实施例2的第一种实施方式的进给总成的局部剖视图;图16为本申请实施例2的第一种实施方式的驱动部的剖视图;图17为本申请实施例2的第二种实施方式的进给总成的结构图;图18为本申请实施例3的进给总成的装配图;图19为本申请实施例3的进给总成的***图;图20为本申请实施例3的进给总成与切割总成的框架的组合结构图;图21为本申请实施例3的进给总成的剖视图;图22为本申请实施例3的进给总成的局部放大图;图23为本申请实施例3的防护部的装配图;图24为本申请实施例3的线切割机的总装图;图25为本申请实施例4的液路***的结构图;图26为本申请实施例4的液路***的局部结构图;图27为本申请实施例4的液路***的流体循环示意图;图28为本申请实施例4的供液缸的结构图;图29为本申请实施例4的供液缸的剖视图;图30为本申请实施例4的碎片盒的结构图;图31为本申请实施例4的线切割机的装配图;图32为本申请实施例5的摆动喷淋机构的装配图;图33为本申请实施例5的摆动喷淋机构的主视图;图34为本申请实施例5的滑板箱的结构图;图35为本申请实施例5的摆动喷淋机构的剖视图;图36为本申请实施例5的第一固定块的剖视图;图37为本申请实施例5的摆动喷淋机构的局部侧剖图;图38为本申请实施例5的喷淋装置的结构图;图39为本申请实施例5的喷淋装置的侧剖图;图40为本申请实施例5的喷淋装置的俯视剖视图;图41为本申请实施例6的碎片盒结构图;图42为本申请实施例6的另一碎片盒结构图;图43为本申请实施例6的供液组件结构图;图44为本申请实施例6的供液组件的侧剖图;图45为本申请实施例7的碎片盒结构图;图46为本申请实施例7的另一碎片盒结构图;图47是现有技术中辊轴 组件的剖面图;图48是本发明实施例8的辊轴组件的结构图;图49是本发明实施例8的辊轴组件的局部剖面图;图50是图49中A的放大图;图51是本发明实施例8的辊轴组件的辊轴的部分放大图;图52是本发明实施例8的辊轴组件在第二轴承箱和旋转接头组件处的局部剖面图;图53是本发明实施例8的辊轴组件的旋转接头组件的结构图;图54是本发明实施例8的辊轴组件的旋转接头组件的剖面图;图55为本申请实施例9的线辊剖面图;图56为本申请实施例9的线辊立体结构图;图57为本申请实施例9的收放线装置的剖面图;图58为本申请实施例9供的另一收放线装置的剖面图;图59为本申请实施例10的一种线切割机的控制方法的流程图;图60为本申请的实施例11另一线切割机的控制方法的流程图;图61为本申请实施例12的线切割机的控制方法的流程图;图62为本申请实施例13的线切割机的控制方法的又一流程图。
具体实施方式
需要说明的是,在本申请的描述中,术语“中心”、“上”、“下”、“左”、“右”、“竖直”、“水平”、“内”、“外”等指示的方向或位置关系的术语是基于附图所示的方向或位置关系,这仅仅是为了便于描述,而不是指示或暗示所述装置或元件必须具有特定的方位、以特定的方位构造和操作,因此不能理解为对本申请的限制。此外,术语“第一”、“第二”、“第三”仅用于描述目的,而不能理解为指示或暗示相对重要性。此外,还需要说明的是,在本申请的描述中,除非另有明确的规定和限定,术语“安装”、“相连”、“连接”应做广义理解,例如,可以是固定连接,也可以是可拆卸连接,或一体地连接;可以是机械连接,也可以是电连接;可以是直接相连,也可以通过中间媒介间接相连,可以是两个元件内部的连通。对于本领域技术人员而言,可根据具体情况理解上述术语在本申请中的具体含义。
首先参照图1-13,对本申请的线切割机进行描述。如图1、图12-13所示,为了解决现有摆动装置10存在的稳定性差、精度低的问题,本申请的线切割机包括进给总成,进给总成包括滑板箱20和设置在滑板箱20下部的摆动装置10,摆动装置10包括:第一摆动板101、第二摆动板102、第一驱动部103、第一主动齿轮104、第二驱动部105、第二主动齿轮106和从动齿部107。第二摆动板102可摆动地设置于第一摆动板101的下方,且第二摆动板102用于连接晶托30。从动齿部107设置于第二摆动板102,第一驱动部103和第二驱动部105均设置于第一摆动板101,第一驱动部103与第一主动齿轮104连接,第二驱动部105与第二主动齿轮106连接,第一主动齿轮104和第二主动齿轮106均与从动齿部107啮合。摆动装置10工作时,第一驱动部103和第二驱动部105启动并正反往复转动,第一驱动部103驱动第一主动齿轮104转动,第二驱动部105驱动第二主动齿轮106转动,第一主动齿轮104和第二主动齿轮106共同带动从动齿部107转动,从动齿部107与第二摆动板102连接,从而第二摆动板102随从动齿部107一起运动,即第二摆动板102相对于第一摆动板101往复摆动。通过设置两个驱动部和两个主动齿轮,并将两个主动齿轮同时与从动齿部107相啮合,可以提高摆动装置10的摆动稳定性和摆动精度,降低生产成本。具体地,由于设置有两个驱动部和两个主动齿轮,因此在摆动过程中可以通过对其中一个驱动部进行伺服补偿,有助于实现主动齿轮与从动齿部107间的传动消隙,依次提高摆动装置10的摆动稳定性和摆动精度。
参照图1和图2,在一种优选实施方式中,摆动装置10包括第一摆动板101、第二摆动板102、第一驱动部103、第一主动齿轮104、第二驱动部105、第二主动齿轮106、从动齿部107、导向机构108、装夹组件109、夹紧机构110和检测组件113。第一摆动板101和第二摆动板102均为长方形板,第二摆动板102位于第一摆动板101的下方。第一驱动部103和第二驱动部105均设置于第一摆动板101,第一主动齿轮104与第一驱动部103连接,第二主动齿轮106与第二驱动部105连接,从动齿部107设置于第二摆动板102,第一主动齿轮104与第二主动齿轮106均与从动齿部107连接。导向机构108设置于第一摆动板101与第二摆动板102之间,导向机构108部分与第一摆动板101连接,部分与第二摆动板102连接。装夹组件109设置于第二摆动板102,用于与晶托30连接,实现晶托30的带载安装。 夹紧机构110设置在第二摆动板102,其用于在晶托30安装至装夹组件109后进一步对晶托30进行夹紧操作,以实现晶托30的锁定。检测组件113用于检测夹紧机构110的状态和/或摆动装置10的摆动角度,以便对摆动装置10的状态进行监控。
参见图1至图3,第一驱动部103固定设置于第一摆动板101的上侧面,具体地,第一摆动板101的上侧面固定连接有第一支座111,第一驱动部103固定连接于第一支座111。更具体地,第一驱动部103包括电机和减速器,电机的输出轴与减速器的输入轴连接,减速器固定连接在第一支座111上,减速器的输出轴伸出第一支座111与第一主动齿轮104连接。与此类似地,第二驱动部105固定设置于第一摆动板101的上侧面,第一摆动板101的上侧面固定连接有第二支座112,第二驱动部105固定连接于第二支座112。具体地,第二驱动部105同样包括电机和减速器,电机的输出轴与减速器的输入轴连接,减速器固定连接在第二支座112上,减速器的输出轴穿过第二支座112与第二主动齿轮106连接。第一摆动板101上设置有第一通孔1011,第一主动齿轮104和第二主动齿轮106在第一通孔1011中与从动齿部107相啮合。本申请中,第一通孔1011设置于第一摆动板101的中部且沿第一摆动板101的宽度方向延伸(参见图1),第一驱动部103与第二驱动部105相对于第一摆动板101的上侧面呈中心对称设置。第一主动齿轮104与第二主动齿轮106结构完全相同,且二者并排设置,设置好后,第一主动齿轮104与第二主动齿轮106的宽度之和小于等于从动齿部107的宽度。通过将第一驱动部103和第二驱动部105固定设置在第一摆动板101的上侧面,方便第一驱动部103的安装,且降低了摆动装置10的结构复杂度。通过采用第一支座111和第二支座112分别安装第一驱动部103和第二驱动部105,可以提高第一驱动部103的安装稳定性。通过第一驱动部103与第二驱动部105中心对称设置,可以降低摆动装置10工作过程中的振动,提高摆动装置10的工作稳定性。通过第一主动齿轮104与第二主动齿轮106并排设置,使得摆动装置10的结构紧凑,提高摆动装置10的工作过程稳定。通过第一主动齿轮104与第二主动齿轮106相同结构设置,可以提高摆动过程的稳定性和传动一致性。通过第一主动齿轮104与第二主动齿轮106的宽度之和小于从动齿部107的宽度,可以使得两个主动齿轮与从动齿部107完全接触,提高传动效率。
继续参照图1至图3,一种优选实施方式中,从动齿部107包括一体成型的本体1071和齿结构1072,本体1071为板体,本体1071的下部固定连接于第二摆动板102的上侧面,本体1071的顶部为弧形,齿结构1072形成于本体1071的顶部。设置好后,齿结构1072部分伸入第一通孔1011中与第一主动齿轮104和第二主动齿轮106啮合。通过本体1071与齿结构1072一体成型,能够提升从动齿部107的一体性,提高传动精度,降低故障率。
参照图1和图2,导向机构108连接于第一摆动板101与第二摆动板102之间,用于在第二摆动板102摆动时进行导向。具体地,导向机构108包括弧形导轨1081和弧形滑槽1082,弧形导轨1081与弧形滑槽1082中的一个固定连接于第一摆动板101的下侧面,另一个固定连接于第二摆动板102的上侧面。本申请中,弧形滑槽1082与第一摆动板101的下侧面固定连接,弧形导轨1081与第二摆动板102的上侧面固定连接,弧形导轨1081***到弧形滑槽1082中。优选地,导向机构108设置有两个,两个导向机构108设置在从动齿部107的两侧,且两个导向机构108相对于第二摆动板102的上侧面呈中心对称设置。通过设置导向机构108,可以在摆动装置10摆动过程中提供导向,提高摆动装置10的摆动精度和摆动稳定性。通过设置两个导向机构108,可以提高导向稳定性。通过两个导向机构108中心对称设置,可以提高摆动装置10的摆动一致性,从而提高摆动装置10的工作稳定性。
继续参照图1至图3,装夹组件109连接于第二摆动板102,装夹组件109用于与晶托30配合连接。具体地,装夹组件109包括装夹板1091和装夹轨道1092,装夹板1091通过螺接、焊接、铆接等方式固定连接于第二摆动板102的下侧面,装夹轨道1092用于与晶托30配合连接,其设置于装夹板1091的底部。本申请中,装夹轨道1092设置有两个,两个轨道对称设置,设置好后,两个装夹轨道1092与装夹板1091之间围设形成安装空间,晶托30的上部可以插设并卡置在该安装空间内。装夹组件109还包括限位板1093和限位杆(图 中未示出),限位板1093设置于装夹板1091的下侧面一端,用于在晶托30安装过程中在晶托30的长度方向对晶托30进行限位。限位杆设置于装夹板1091的下侧面的一侧且沿装夹板1091的长度方向延伸,相应地晶托30的顶面上开设有限位槽,在晶托30安装过程中,晶托30顶面的限位槽与限位杆滑动配合,从而在晶托30的宽度方向上对晶托30进行限位。通过设置限位板1093,可以提高晶托30的定位精度,从而提高切割精度。通过设置限位杆,可以提高晶托30的定位精度,使得装夹组件109具备防呆功能。
如图1和图4所示,夹紧机构110设置于第二摆动板102,夹紧机构110用于夹紧晶托30。具体地,夹紧机构110设置有两个,两个夹紧机构110设置在从动齿部107的两侧,且相对于第二摆动板102的上侧面呈中心对称设置。每个夹紧机构110包括推动部1101、传动部1102、夹紧部1103、基座1104和限位组件1105,基座1104设置于第二摆动板102的上侧面并与第二摆动板102连接,推动部1101、传动部1102、夹紧部1103和限位组件1105均设置于基座1104上。推动部1101与传动部1102连接,传动部1102与夹紧部1103连接,推动部1101能够推动传动部1102动作,以便传动部1102带动夹紧部1103沿直线方向移动,以夹紧或松开晶托30,并且推动部1101的推动方向与夹紧部1103的移动方向具有夹角,本申请中,推动部1101的推动方向为水平方向,夹紧部1103的移动方向为竖直方向,也即二者之间的夹角为直角。传动部1102能够将推动部1101的水平推力转化为竖直推力来推动夹紧部1103移动。具体地,参见图4、图5和图7,推动部1101包括活塞11011、推杆11012和密封圈11013。活塞11011可移动地设置于基座1104,活塞11011的第一端与动力源连接,第二端与传动部1102连接。具体地,基座1104的第一侧面设置有安装孔11041,活塞11011可移动地设置于安装孔11041内。安装孔11041的底部封闭,活塞11011的外周侧套设有密封圈11013,活塞11011通过该密封圈11013可密封滑动地安装在安装孔11041内。基座1104上还设置有与安装孔11041的封闭端连通的第二第二通孔11042,安装孔11041的封闭端通过第二通孔11042与动力源连通。优选地,动力源为气泵,气泵通过气管与第二通孔11042连通,气泵启动运行时,在气压的作用下,活塞11011被推动并沿安装孔11041滑动。推杆11012的两端分别与传动部1102和活塞11011连接,具体地,活塞11011上开设有第一沉孔11014,传动部1102上开设有第二沉孔11024,推杆11012的两端分别抵接在第一沉孔11014的孔底和第二沉孔11024的孔底。在活塞11011被推动时,活塞11011带动推杆11012移动,推杆11012推动传动部1102动作。优选地,推动部1101设置有两个,两个推动部1101并排设置于基座1104的同一侧面,且两个推动部1101的活塞11011同时与传动部1102连接。通过夹紧机构110设置推动部1101、传动部1102和夹紧部1103,有利于夹紧机构110的空间灵活布局,提高了夹紧机构110的结构紧凑性,降低了生产成本。具体地,推动部1101的推动方向与夹紧部1103的移动方向具有夹角的设置方式,使得推动部1101与夹紧部1103可以不设置在同一直线上,而是借助传动部1102传动连接,在实现夹紧动作的同时,减小对空间的占用,提升夹紧机构110的结构紧凑性,降低生产成本。通过设置两个推动部1101,可以通过两个推动部1101同时推动传动部1102实现更好的夹紧或松开效果,同时减少推动部1101的整体空间占用。通过将推动部1101、传动部1102和夹紧部1103同时设置在基座1104上,有利于实现上述部件的有效固定,有利于夹紧机构110独自形成产品,整体安装。通过设置活塞11011,可利用活塞11011相对于基座1104的移动来推动传动部1102,实现夹紧部1103的移动。通过设置两个夹紧机构110,可以提高对晶托30的夹紧效果。通过两个夹紧机构110中心对称设置,可以提高摆动装置10的夹紧一致性,从而提高摆动装置10的工作稳定性。通过将活塞11011可移动地设置在安装孔11041内,可以同时实现活塞11011的安装和动作。通过将活塞11011直接可密封滑动地安装在安装孔11041内,可以利用安装孔11041作为活塞11011活动的腔体,大幅降低夹紧机构110的结构复杂度。通过动力源为气源或液压泵,可以利用气压来实现活塞11011的有效移动。通过设置推杆11012,可以实现活塞11011与传动部1102之间的动力传动。通过将推杆11012的两端抵接在第一沉孔11014 的孔底和第二沉孔11024的孔底,可以提高夹紧机构110的结构紧凑性,降低夹紧机构110的体积。
参见图4、图5和图8,传动部1102包括连杆,连杆可枢转地设置在基座1104上,连杆的第一端与活塞11011的第二端连接,连杆的第二端与夹紧部1103连接。具体地,连杆包括依次连接的第一杆段11021、第二杆段11022和第三杆段11023,第一杆段11021的第一端与第三杆段11023连接,第一杆段11021的第二端与第二杆段11022的第一端连接,第二杆段11022的第二端与夹紧部1103连接。两个推动部1101分别位于第一杆段11021的两侧,第三杆段11023沿两个推动部1101的连线方向延伸设置,且第三杆段11023由第一杆段11021的第一端向第一杆段11021的两侧延伸形成。每个第三杆段11023远离第一杆段11021的一端设置有第二沉孔11024,第二沉孔11024与推杆11012的一端连接。第一杆段11021与第二杆段11022的连接部位上设置有第一枢转结构,基座1104上设置有第二枢转结构,第一枢转结构与第二枢转结构枢转连接。具体地,基座1104的顶面中部开设有凹槽11043,凹槽11043的两侧壁向外伸出两个凸耳11044,凸耳11044上设置有第二枢转结构。优选地,第一枢转结构为第一枢转孔,第二枢转结构为第二枢转孔,第一枢转孔与第二枢转孔之间通过枢转轴连接。在活塞11011推动第三杆段11023时,连杆绕枢转轴枢转,第一杆段11021和第三杆段11023向上枢转,带动第二杆断向下枢转。第二杆段11022的第二端还设置有压紧件11025,连杆通过压紧件11025与夹紧部1103连接。具体地,压紧件11025为滚轮,滚轮上设置有第一连接结构,连杆的第二端设置有安装位,安装位上设置有第二连接结构,第一连接结构与第二连接结构连接,实现滚轮可转动地连接于连杆的第二端。优选地,安装位为通槽,第一连接结构为第一轴孔,第二连接结构为第二轴孔,第一轴孔与第二轴孔之间通过转轴连接,使得滚轮可转动地嵌设在通槽中。传动部1102设置为连杆,可以利用连杆的枢转实现动力传动,来实现夹紧部1103的移动。通过设置第一杆段11021和第二杆段11022,有利于提高夹紧机构110的结构紧凑性。通过连杆的第二端设置压紧件11025,可以利用压紧件11025对夹紧部1103进行抵压,提高夹紧机构110的工作稳定性。通过将压紧件11025设置为滚轮,可以减少压紧件11025与夹紧部1103抵压过程的摩擦,提升抵压过程的稳定性。通过设置第三杆段11023,有利于提高两个推动部1101与连杆的连接稳定性。通过推动部1101设置在第一杆段11021两侧,使得推动过程连杆的受力均匀,有利于提升夹紧装置的工作稳定性。
参照图4和图8,限位组件1105设置于基座1104上,用于限制连杆的枢转角度。具体地,限位组件1105包括限位块11051和过问紧固件11052,限位块11051固定连接于基座1104,限位块11051上开设有螺纹孔,过问紧固件11052螺接于螺纹孔并与第一杆段11021的第一端相对设置。本申请中,过问紧固件11052为内六角丝堵,其螺接于限位块11051上的螺纹孔内。安装好后,限位块11051与基座1104之间具有一定距离,第一杆段11021的第一端相对于第三杆段11023下延的部分能够在该空间内移动。调节内六角丝堵伸入螺纹孔内的长度,可以调节第一杆段11021枢转时的移动距离。通过设置限位组件1105,可以利用限位组件1105限制连杆的枢转角度来控制连杆向下抵压夹紧部1103的程度,实现夹紧力度的调节。
参照图4、图6、图8和图9,夹紧部1103包括夹紧缸座11031、夹紧缸杆11032、弹性件11033、定位件11034、导向套11035和螺母11036。具体地,夹紧缸座11031固定连接于基座1104上,更为具体地,第二摆动板102对应夹紧部1103的位置设置有过孔,夹紧缸座11031、基座1104和装夹板1091之间通过紧固件连接到一起。如图9所示,装夹板1091上开设有沉头孔,夹紧缸座11031底部开设有通孔,基座1104底部开设有螺纹孔,内六角螺栓穿过装夹板1091和夹紧缸座11031后螺接于基座1104底部的螺纹孔中,从而实现将夹紧缸座11031、基座1104和装夹板1091固定连接在一起。夹紧缸杆11032的第一端设置有夹紧结构,夹紧缸杆11032的第二端与传动部1102连接,夹紧缸杆11032可滑动地设置于夹紧缸座11031,且夹紧结构伸出夹紧缸座11031。具体地,夹紧结构为倒T形杆,基座1104 上开设有滑孔11045,夹紧缸座11031固定连接于滑孔11045的一端,夹紧缸杆11032的第二端伸入滑孔11045内。定位件11034固定连接于夹紧缸杆11032上,弹性件11033的两端分别抵接于定位件11034和夹紧缸座11031上,在传动部1102带动夹紧部1103沿直线方向移动时,弹性件11033储存弹性势能。优选地,夹紧缸杆11032的第二端设置有轴肩,定位件11034为垫片,垫片抵接于轴肩并通过螺母11036螺接于夹紧缸杆11032的第二端而锁紧在夹紧缸杆11032上。优选地,弹性件11033为碟簧,且碟簧设置有多个,多个碟簧套设在夹紧缸杆11032上且套设好后,碟簧位于定位件11034与夹紧缸座11031之间。导向套11035固定套设于夹紧缸杆11032的第二端,且导向套11035的外壁与滑孔11045的内壁相匹配。优选地,导向套11035穿设在夹紧缸杆11032的第二端且覆盖部分螺母11036,穿设好后夹紧缸杆11032的第二端采用弹性卡环将导向套11035卡紧。参照图8,在设置好的情况下,滚轮的底部抵接在夹紧缸杆11032的顶端。通过设置弹性件11033,可以利用弹性件11033实现夹紧部1103的自动回位,尤其当推动部1101用于退出夹紧缸杆11032时,可以利用弹性件11033的弹性势能释放实现夹紧部1103的自动回位,来夹紧晶托30,无需额外引入动力机构对晶托30夹紧,设置方式简单实用。通过将夹紧缸座11031固定连接在滑孔11045的一端,有利于实现夹紧部1103的固定。通过设置导向套11035,可以对夹紧缸杆11032提供导向,提高夹紧缸杆11032的移动稳定性。
当需要安装晶托30时,控制气泵启动运行,气压通过第二通孔11042进入安装孔11041内并推动活塞11011向外移动。活塞11011通过推杆11012推动第三杆段11023,进而第三杆段11023向上枢转,第二杆段11022向下枢转。第二杆段11022向下枢转的过程中,滚轮向下抵压夹紧缸杆11032的顶部,夹紧缸杆11032在导向套11035的导向作用下向下移动,倒T形杆向下移动,碟簧被压缩产生弹性形变,此时可以通过晶托30上的倒T型槽与倒T形杆的配合,并借助装夹轨道1092和限位杆的导向作用将晶托30滑动卡接至装夹板1091上。晶托30安装到位后,控制器泵停止运行,碟簧释放弹性势能带动夹紧缸杆11032向上移动,倒T形杆带动晶托30一同向上移动,最终晶托30被夹紧在装夹板1091的底面。
参照图2和图3,检测组件113设置于第二摆动板102,用于检测摆动装置10的摆动角度和/或夹紧机构110的状态。具体地,检测组件113包括位置传感器1131和角度传感器1132,位置传感器1131设置于第二摆动板102,用于检测夹紧机构110的状态,角度传感器1132设置于第二摆动板102,用于检测摆动装置10的摆动角度。位置传感器1131通过检测传动部1102的位置来检测夹紧机构110的状态。优选地,位置传感器1131设置于第二摆动板102的上侧且位于第二摆动板102沿其长度方向的一端,夹紧机构110的第三杆段11023朝向外侧,位置传感器1131与第三杆段11023的端部对应设置。第二摆动板102的上侧设置有第一安装架114,位置传感器1131固定于第一安装架114。其中,第一安装架114为L形板,L形板的横板通过螺栓、焊接或铆接等方式固定于第二摆动板102的上侧,位置传感器1131通过螺接、卡接等方式固定于L形板的竖板。本申请中,检测组件113包括两个位置传感器1131,两个位置传感器1131设置在第二摆动板102沿其长度方向的两端,每个位置传感器1131与一个第三杆段11023的端部对应设置。优选地,位置传感器1131为接近传感器,当第三杆段11023在活塞11011推动下向上枢转时,第三杆段11023靠近位置传感器1131,从而被位置传感器1131检测到。通过设置检测组件113,可以对摆动装置10的摆动角度和夹紧机构110的状态进行检测,提高摆动装置10的安全性,降低摆动装置10工作过程中的安全隐患。通过设置位置传感器1131,有利于实现对夹紧机构110的状态检测,提高摆动装置10的安全性,降低安全风险。通过位置传感器1131检测传动部1102的位置来检测夹紧机构110的状态,可以降低检测难度。通过位置传感器1131与枢转端对应设置,可以利用连杆枢转过程中位置变化幅度较大的特点来检测夹紧机构110的状态,提高检测精度。通过将位置传感器1131设置在第二摆动板102的上侧,方便安装,且避免了与第二摆动板102的下侧连接的部件干涉。通过将位置传感器1131设置在第二摆动板102沿其长度方向的一端,方便位置传感器1131的安装和维修。通过采用第一安装架114来固定位置传 感器1131,可以实现位置传感器1131的简单安装,并有利于调节位置传感器1131的安装位置,以使得位置传感器1131适用于更多不同型号的摆动装置10。通过两个夹紧机构110均对应设置一个位置传感器1131,可以同时对两个夹紧机构110进行检测,提高检测精度,进一步降低安全隐患。
继续参照图2和图3,角度传感器1132设置于第二摆动板102的上侧,且位于第二摆动板102沿其长度方向的一端的中部。第二摆动板102在该端的中部设置有第二安装架115,角度传感器1132固定于第二安装架115。优选地,安装支架为几字形板,几字形板的两个下横板通过螺接、焊接或铆接等方式固定连接于第二摆动板102的顶面,角度传感器1132通过螺接、铆接等方式固定于几字形板的上横板。角度传感器1132具体形式不作限制,任何能够检测摆动角度的传感器均可以应用于本申请中。在第二摆动板102相对于第一摆动板101摆动的过程中,角度传感器1132能够检测到第二摆动板102的摆动角度,以便线切割机基于该角度判断第二摆动板102的摆动情况。通过设置角度传感器1132检测摆动装置10的摆动角度,可以利用摆动角度的检测来判断摆动装置10的摆动是否在预设范围内,避免摆动超过预设范围导致安全事故,提高摆动装置10的安全性,降低安全风险。通过将角度传感器1132设置在第二摆动板102的上侧,方便安装,且避免了与第二摆动板102的下侧连接的部件干涉。通过将角度传感器1132设置在第二摆动板102沿其长度方向的一端,方便角度传感器1132的安装和维修。通过采用第二安装架115安装角度传感器1132,有利于实现角度传感器1132的简单安装,并有利于调节角度传感器1132的安装位置,以使得角度传感器1132适用于更多不同型号的摆动装置10。
如图12和13所示,本申请还提供了一种进给总成,进给总成包括滑板箱20和上述的摆动装置10,摆动装置10设置于滑板箱20。具体地,滑板箱20的底部形成有容纳腔,第一摆动板101连接于滑板箱20的底部且第一驱动部103和第二驱动部105位于容纳腔内。通过在进给总成上设置上述方案中的摆动装置10,可以提高进给总成的工作稳定性和工作精度,进而提升切割质量。通过在滑板箱20底部形成容纳腔并将第一驱动部103和第二驱动部105容纳在容纳腔内,可以减小进给总成的体积,实现进给总成的结构紧凑化,降低生产成本。当然,进给总成的设置方式不仅于此,本领域技术人员可以对其调整,如滑板箱20底部还可以不形成容纳腔,而直接将第一摆动板101与滑板箱20底部连接。
参照图14,一种具体实施方式中,进给总成1包括安装部11、滑板箱12、升降部13和驱动部14。滑板箱12通过升降部13可升降地安装在安装部11上,驱动部14安装在安装部11上,并与滑板箱12连接,用于驱动滑板箱12升降。具体地,本申请中升降部13设置有四个,四个升降部13安装于滑板箱12的彼此相对的两个侧面。更具体地,滑板箱12的彼此相对的两个侧面上各安装有两个升降部13,并且安装有升降部13的两个彼此相对的侧面沿金刚线的往复移动的方向排列,其中位于同一侧面上的两个升降部13位于侧面的两竖直侧边。参照图14,举例而言,滑板箱12的截面大致成矩形,其包括四个侧面,四个升降部13中,两个升降部13安装在左上侧面,另外两个升降部13安装在右下侧面。如此设置的前提下,通过将升降部13安装在滑板箱12的彼此相对的两个侧面,可以提高滑板箱12的进给平衡性与稳定性。通过将升降部13安装在沿金刚线的往复移动方向排列的两个侧面,使得在切割过程中,可以通过升降部13来限制滑板箱12在切割线往复移动方向上的位移量,提高切割稳定性和切割精度。通过升降部13设置有四个,且两个侧面上各设置两个,可以实现升降部13在两个侧面的均布,保证滑板箱12的运动平衡性。通过同一侧面的两个升降部13设置在两竖直侧边,能够最大限度地减小滑板箱12的框动,提升滑板箱12的稳定性。
继续参见图14,安装部11包括第一基座111和第二基座112,第一基座111与第二基座112彼此相对设置,并且第一基座111和第二基座112分别与安装有升降部13的两个侧面中的一个相对设置。图14中,第一基座111位于左上方,第二基座112位于右下方,第一基座111与滑板箱12的左上侧面之间通过两个升降部13连接,第二基座112与滑板箱 12的右下侧面之间通过两个升降部13连接。通过第一基座111和第二基座112分别与安装有升降部13的两个侧面中的一个相对设置,可以降低升降部13的安装难度,保证安装精度。
参见图14和图15,升降部13包括滑轨131和滑块132,滑轨131和滑块132中的一个安装于滑板箱12,滑轨131和滑块132中的另一个安装于安装部11。优选地,本申请中,滑轨131对应配置有两个滑块132,滑轨131固定连接在滑板箱12上,两个滑块132上下排布固定连接在安装部11上。通过滑轨131设置多个滑块132,能够进一步提升滑板箱12的升降稳定性,保证进给精度。
参见图14至图16,驱动部14包括动力组件141和传动组件142,动力组件141固定安装于安装部11上,动力组件141通过传动组件142与滑板箱12连接。其中,参见图15,动力组件141包括电机1411和减速器1412,传动组件142包括彼此啮合的丝杠1421和螺母1422,丝杠1421与动力组件141连接,螺母1422与滑板箱12连接。具体地,第一基座111上安装有支撑板115和支撑座116,电机1411与减速器1412连接后共同安装在支撑座116上,减速器1412与丝杠1421通过联轴器联结,实现两者同步旋转。丝杠1421穿过固定在支撑板115凹槽内的轴承后伸出支撑板115。螺母1422螺接在丝杠1421上,且通过连接板117与滑板箱12固定连接。上述设置方式下,电机1411通电后,通过减速器1412驱动丝杠1421转动,螺母1422随着丝杠1421的转动上下运动并将此运动通过连接板117传递给滑板箱12,进而滑板箱12带动安装在其底部的待切割件在竖向方向运动。进一步地,本申请中,驱动部14位于安装有升降部13的两个侧面中的一侧,并且滑板箱12与安装部11对应的一侧形成有至少部分容纳驱动部14的第一凹陷结构121。图14中,驱动部14位于第一基座111与滑板箱12左上侧面之间,滑板箱12的左上侧面形成有第一凹陷结构121,驱动部14安装好后,丝杠1421和螺母1422位于该第一凹陷结构121内,电机1411和减速器1412由第一凹陷结构121伸出。通过设置第一凹陷结构121,能够合理利用空间,减轻进给总成1的重量,以及减小进给总成1的空间占用和生产成本。
参见图17,在另一种实施方式中,安装部11还包括第三基座113和第四基座114,第三基座113与第四基座114相对设置,并且第一基座111、第三基座113、第二基座112和第四基座114依次相接形成框体。通过四个基座依次相接形成框体,能够提升基座的稳定性,从而提升滑板箱12的安装和升降稳定性。
继续参照图17,在一种优选实施方式中,进给总成1还包括设置于安装部11与滑板箱12之间的缓冲部5,缓冲部5用于阻止滑板箱12在自重作用下下降。具体地,本申请中缓冲部5为气缸,其数量为两个,两个气缸安装于滑板箱12的彼此相对的两个侧面,并且安装有气缸的两个彼此相对的侧面沿与金刚线的往复移动方向相垂直的方向排列。其中,安装有气缸的两个侧面各自形成有至少部分容纳气缸的第二凹陷结构122。图17中,四个升降部13分别安装在滑板箱12的左下侧面和右上侧面,右上侧面形成有第一凹陷结构121,第一凹陷结构121将丝杠1421和螺母1422容纳于其中,电机1411和减速器1412一体水平布置。两个气缸分别安装在滑板箱12的左上侧面和右下侧面,并且滑板箱12的左上侧面和右下侧面形成有第二凹陷结构122,滑板箱12在第二凹陷结构122内形成有安装板,在安装好后,两个气缸的活塞杆分别与一安装板固定,两个气缸的缸体则分别与第三基座113和第四基座114固定。如此设置的前提下,滑板箱12在下降过程中,活塞杆从缸体内伸出,对滑板箱12施加向上的托举力,滑板箱12在上升过程中,活塞杆收回缸体,辅助电机1411托举滑板箱12向上运动。通过设置缓冲部5,减小驱动部14的运行负荷,有利于驱动部14小型化,节约制造成本。通过两个缓冲部5安装在彼此相对的两个侧面,能够平衡滑板箱12的重量,提高滑板箱12运动平稳性。通过将缓冲部5安装在与金刚线往复移动方向相垂直的方向排列的两个侧面,能够降低结构复杂度,同时平衡滑板箱12的重量分布。通过设置第二凹陷结构122,能够合理利用空间布置缓冲部5,减轻进给总成1的重量,以及减小进给总成1的空间占用和生产成本。
如图18所示,在一种优选的技术方案中,进给总成1包括安装部11、滑板箱12、导向部13、驱动部14、防护部15和摆动装置16。安装部11安装于目标安装件,本申请中以下实施方式以目标安装件是切割总成2的框架21为例进行介绍。滑板箱12通过导向部13可竖直移动地安装在安装部11上,驱动部14安装在安装部11上,并与滑板箱12连接,用于驱动滑板箱12升降运动。防护部15的部分安装于滑板箱12与安装部11之间,用于遮挡滑板箱12与安装部11之间的缝隙,另一部分安装于安装部11与框架21之间,用于遮挡安装部11与框架21之间的缝隙。摆动装置16设置于滑板箱12的底部,其可相对于滑板箱12摆动,摆动装置16的底部则用于安装晶托,晶托用于承载待切割件8。具体地,参见图18和图22,安装部11包括第一基座111、第二基座112、第三基座113和第四基座114,第一基座111与第二基座112彼此相对设置,第三基座113与第四基座114彼此相对设置,并且第一基座111、第三基座113、第二基座112和第四基座114依次相接形成框体。滑板箱12通过导向部13分别与第一基座111和第二基座112连接。图18中,第一基座111位于右下方,第二基座112位于左上方,第三基座113位于左下方,第四基座114位于右上方。参见图20,组装时,第一基座111和第二基座112分别通过螺接、焊接等方式与框架21固定连接,第三基座113分别与第一基座111和第二基座112的一端连接,并抵接在框架21上,第四基座114分别与第一基座111和第二基座112的另一端连接,并抵接在框架21上。通过四个基座依次相接形成框体,能够提升基座的稳定性,从而提升滑板箱12的安装和升降稳定性。
参见图18和图19,导向部13包括滑轨131和滑块132,滑轨131和滑块132中的一个安装于滑板箱12,滑轨131和滑块132中的另一个安装于第一基座111或第二基座112。优选地,本申请中,滑轨131对应配置有两个滑块132,滑轨131固定连接在滑板箱12上,两个滑块132上下排布固定连接在第一基座111或第二基座112上。本申请中导向部13设置有四个,四个导向部13安装于滑板箱12的彼此相对的两个侧面。具体地,第一基座111与滑板箱12的之间通过两个导向部13连接,第二基座112与滑板箱12之间通过两个导向部13连接。通过设置导向部13,可以对滑板箱12的紧急过程进行导向,提高滑板箱12的进给精度。通过将导向部13分装在滑板箱12的多个侧面,可以提高进给过程的稳定性。通过设置多个滑块132,可以提高导轨导向时的移动稳定性。
返回参见图18,驱动部14包括动力组件和传动组件(二者图中未示出),动力组件固定安装于第一基座111上,动力组件通过传动组件与滑板箱12连接。一种实施方式中,动力组件包括电机和减速器,传动组件包括彼此啮合的丝杠和螺母,丝杠与减速器的输出轴连接,螺母与滑板箱12连接。上述设置方式下,电机通电后,通过减速器驱动丝杠转动,螺母随着丝杠的转动上下运动并将此运动传递给滑板箱12,使得滑板箱12带动安装在其底部的待切割件8在竖向方向运动。
参见图18和图19,摆动装置16安装在滑板箱12的底部,其能够以待切割件8的轴线为旋转轴摆动,摆动装置16的具体结构已经介绍且本领域中较为常见,此处不再赘述。
参见图20至图23,防护部15包括第一防护件151、第二防护件152、第一转接件153和第二转接件154。第一防护件151连接于安装部11与滑板箱12之间,用于遮挡安装部11与滑板箱12之间的缝隙,第二防护件152连接于安装部11与框架21之间,用于遮挡安装部11与框架21之间的缝隙。第一防护件151和第二防护件152部分与第一转接件153连接,第一转接件153通过第二转接件154与安装部11连接,从而第一防护件151和第二防护件152通过第一转接件153和第二转接件154与安装部11连接。具体地,参见图21至图23,第一防护件151包括第一翻边1511、第二翻边1512和柔性连接件1513,第一翻边1511与安装部11连接,第二翻边1512与滑板箱12连接,柔性连接件1513连接于第一翻边1511与第二翻边1512之间。其中,第一翻边1511为环形的外翻边,第一翻边1511与第一基座111的延伸方向平行设置的侧边通过螺接、粘接或焊接等方式与第一基座111的底面固定连接,第一翻边1511与第二基座112的延伸方向平行设置的侧边通过螺接、粘接或焊接 等方式与第二基座112的底面固定连接,而第一翻边1511与第一基座111或第二基座112的延伸方向垂直设置的两个侧边则通过第一转接件153和第二转接件154与第一基座111和第二基座112连接。第二翻边1512为环形的内翻边,第二翻边1512的四个侧边均与滑板箱12的底面通过螺接、粘接或焊接等方式固定连接。柔性连接件1513在本申请中为风琴式环形套,其在滑板箱12升降过程中可以通过折叠在一起的多个折板实现适应性伸缩。其中,第一翻边1511和第二翻边1512可以为金属件,也可以为其他硬质材料,风琴式环形套可选用尼龙布或其他软质材料。第二防护件152包括第三翻边1521、第四翻边1522和固定连接件1523,第三翻边1521与安装部11连接,第四翻边1522与框架21连接,固定连接件1523连接于第三翻边1521与第四翻边1522之间。其中,第三翻边1521为环形的内翻边,第三翻边1521与第一基座111的延伸方向平行设置的侧边通过螺接、粘接或焊接等方式与第一基座111的底面固定连接,第三翻边1521与第二基座112的延伸方向平行设置的侧边通过螺接、粘接或焊接等方式与第二基座112的底面固定连接,而第三翻边1521与第一基座111或第二基座112的延伸方向垂直设置的两个侧边则通过第一转接件153和第二转接件154与第一基座111和第二基座112连接。第四翻边1522为环形的外翻边,框架21上设置有开口,第四翻边1522的四个侧边与开口的底部外缘之间通过螺接、粘接或焊接等方式固定连接。固定连接件1523呈环形,其将第三翻边1521与第四翻边1522连接。其中,第二防护件152可以整体由金属材料压制而成,也可以由其他硬质材料制成。
本申请中,第一基座111和第二基座112的延伸方向的长度设置为小于开口在该方向上的长度,由此第一基座111和第二基座112沿延伸方向的两端与开口之间均形成有较大缝隙。本申请中,优选地第一防护件151沿第一基座111/第二基座112的延伸方向的两端均伸出第一基座111和第二基座112,并且第一防护件151伸出的部分通过第一转接件153和第二转接件154与第一基座111和第二基座112连接。第二防护件152沿第一基座111/第二基座112的延伸方向的两端均伸出第一基座111和第二基座112,第二防护件152伸出安装部11的部分通过第一转接件153和第二转接件154与第一基座111和第二基座112连接。具体地,如图22和图23所示,第一转接件153为转接板,第二转接件154为转接块,本申请中,转接板设置有两个,转接块设置有四个,两个转接板分别位于第三基座113和第四基座114的外侧,每个转接板上固定设置有两个转接块,两个转接块中一个与第一基座111固定连接,另一个与第二基座112固定连接。优选地,第一翻边1511与第一基座111或第二基座112的延伸方向垂直设置的两个侧边、以及第一翻边1511与第一基座111或第二基座112的延伸方向垂直设置的两个侧边均与转接板固定连接,转接块的底面与转接板连接,转接块的侧面与第一基座111或第二基座112连接。设置好后,两个转接板将第一防护件151和第二防护件152固定并覆盖第一基座111和第二基座112与框架21之间的缝隙。
通过设置第一防护件151,可以对安装部11与滑板箱12之间的缝隙进行遮挡,有效阻隔粉尘和水雾扩散,提高设备的粉尘防护效果。通过设置第一翻边1511、第二翻边1512和柔性连接件1513,可以在安装部11与滑板箱12之间实现对粉尘和水雾的阻隔,并且柔性连接件1513的设置还使得滑板箱12在进给时不会降低防护效果,提高第一防护件151的防护效果。通过将第一翻边1511和第二翻边1512设置为环形,有利于实现对粉尘的全方位遮挡,提高防护效果。通过设置第二防护件152,可以对安装部11与框架21之间的缝隙进行遮挡,有效阻隔粉尘和水雾扩散,提高设备的粉尘防护效果。通过设置第三翻边1521、第四翻边1522和固定连接件1523,可以在安装部11与框架21之间实现对粉尘和水雾的阻隔,并且固定连接件1523的设置还使得防护效果稳定。通过将第三翻边1521、第四翻边1522以及固定连接件1523设置为环形,有利于实现对粉尘的全方位遮挡,提高防护效果。通过使用第一转接件153将第一防护件151和第二防护件152部分与安装部11连接,可以降低安装难度。通过采用转接板覆盖第一防护件151或第二防护件152,有利于实现进给总成1的结构紧凑性,同时提高防护部15的防护效果。
如图24所示,本申请还提供了一种线切割机,该线切割机包上述实施方式介绍的进给总成1。一种具体的实施方式中,线切割机包括进给总成1、切割总成2、液路总成3、绕线总成4、电控箱5、供液缸6以及底座7。切割总成2、液路总成3和绕线总成4设置于底座7,电控箱5设置于绕线总成4的顶部上侧。供液缸6用于存储切割液。其中,切割总成2包括框架21和设置于框架21上的主辊组件23,进给总成1可升降地设置在切割总成2的框架21上。其中,进给总成1的安装部11通过螺接、焊接等方式固定连接在框架21上。线切割机在工作时,通过电控箱5控制各总成协同工作。绕线总成4向切割总成2提供切割线走线,待切割件8安装在进给总成1的底部的摆动装置16上,进给总成1带动待切割件8下降,摆动装置16电动待切割件8沿其自身轴线旋转摆动,从而待切割件8在切割总成2内被切割线切割为片状。切割过程中产生的粉尘被防护部15截留在切割总成2的框架21内,而无法向外扩散。
下面参照图25至图30,对本申请的液路***进行介绍。本申请线切割机还包括液路***10,液路***10包括冷流管路101、热流管路102、框架105、换热器106、过滤部件107、供液缸108、碎片盒109、上喷淋装置110以及下喷淋装置111。具体地:参见图25,框架105由金属方管搭设而成,用于安装液路***10中的各个部件,安装好后,液路***10作为一个模块整体组装。参见图25至图28,冷流管路101包括冷流主管1011、第一冷流支管1012和第二冷流支管1013。冷流主管1011包括依次连通的第一横向管段10111、第一竖向管段10112和第二横向管段10113,第一横向管段10111的第一端与换热器106连通,第一横向管段10111的第二端与第一竖向管段10112的下端连通,第一竖向管段10112的上端与第二横向管段10113的一端连通,第二横向管段10113的另一端通过三通同时与第一冷流支管1012的第一端以及第二冷流支管1013的第一端连通,且第一竖向管段10112上设置有流量计1014。第一冷流支管1012沿水平方向延伸设置,其第二端与第一冷却装置连通,本申请中,第一冷却装置为上喷淋装置110,上喷淋装置110主要用于对待切割件的上部进行喷淋。第二冷流支管1013沿竖直方向延伸设置,其第二端与第二冷却装置连通,本申请中,第二冷却装置为下喷淋装置111,下喷淋装置111主要用于对切割线以及待切割件的下部进行喷淋。此处需要说明的是,上述第一横向管段10111、第一竖向管段10112和第二横向管段10113中的“横向”和“竖向”指的是管路的大致延伸方向,换句话说,管路只要大致沿横向和竖向延伸即可,并非必须全段严格按照横向和竖向延伸。
液路***10还包括第一安装件1051、第二安装件1052、第一安装支架1053和第二安装支架1054。其中,第一横向管段10111通过第一安装件1051固定在第一安装位置,本申请中,第一安装件1051包括角钢和U型螺栓,角钢通过螺栓固定在框架105的顶部方钢上,第一横向管段10111通过U型螺栓固定在方钢上。第二横向管段10113通过第二安装件1052固定在第二安装位置,本申请中,第二安装件1052包括角钢和U型螺栓,角钢通过螺栓固定在线切割机的电器箱50(可参照图31)外壳上,第二横向管段10113通过U型螺栓固定在方钢上。第一竖向管段10112通过第一安装支架1053固定在第三安装位置,本申请中,第一安装支架1053由方钢搭设而成,第一安装支架1053的下部通过螺栓固定在框架105的顶部,第一安装支架1053的上部设置有安装板和U型螺栓,安装板固定连接在第一安装支架1053的顶部,第一竖向管段10112通过U型螺栓固定在安装板上。第二冷流支管1013通过第二安装支架1054固定在第四安装位置,本申请中,第二安装支架1054由方钢搭设而成,第二安装支架1054的下部通过螺栓紧固在绕线总成40(可参照图31)的顶部,第二安装支架1054的上部设置有安装板和U型螺栓,安装板固定连接在第二安装支架1054的顶部,第二冷流支管1013通过U型螺栓固定在安装板上。通过设置第一冷流支管1012和第二冷流支管1013,方便冷流管路101与不同的冷却装置的连通及通断控制。通过使用第一安装件1051固定第一横向管、第二安装件1052固定第二横向管、第一安装支架1053固定第一竖向管,可以提高冷流主管1011的各管段的稳固性。通过使用第二安装支架1054固定第二冷流 支管1013,可以提高第二冷流支管1013的连接稳固性。通过设置流量计1014,可以监控冷流主管1011的流量,从而有利于对流体的流量进行控制。
继续参照图25至图28,热流管路102包括热流主管1021、第一热流支管1022和第二热流支管1023。热流主管1021包括彼此连通的第二竖向管段10211和第三横向管段10212,第二竖向管段10211的第一端与过滤部件107连通,第二竖向管段10211的第二端与第三横向管段10212的第一端连通,第三横向管段10212的第二端同时与第一热流支管1022的第一端和第二热流支管1023的第一端连通。第一热流支管1022沿竖直方向延伸设置,其第二端与传热装置连通,并且第一热流支管1022上设置有流量调节阀1024。本申请中,传热装置为碎片盒109,流量调节阀1024为电控阀,优选地为开度可控的马达阀,马达阀的具体形式不限,可以为球阀、蝶阀等。第二热流支管1023沿水平方向延伸设置,其第二端与第一冷流支管1012连通,并且第一冷流支管1012上设置有第一截断阀1015,第二热流支管1023上设置有第二截断阀1025。本申请中,第一截断阀1015和第二截断阀1025均为手动阀。与上述类似,第二竖向管段10211和第三横向管段10212中的“横向”和“竖向”指的是管路的大致延伸方向,换句话说,管路只要大致沿横向和竖向延伸即可,并非必须全段严格按照横向和竖向延伸。
参见图26,液路***10还包括第三安装件1055,第三横向管段10212通过第三安装件1055固定在第五安装位置。本申请中,第三安装件1055包括角钢和U型螺栓,角钢通过螺栓固定在线切割机的电器箱50(可参照图31)外壳上,第三横向管段10212通过U型螺栓固定在方钢上。通过将第二热流支管1023的第二端与第一冷流支管1012连通,有利于实现第一冷却装置的功能复用,提高第一冷却装置的功能性,使得第一冷却装置可以提供冷热两种流体。通过在第一冷流支管1012和第二热流支管1023上分别设置截断阀,方便切换第一冷却装置与第一冷流支管1012和第二热流支管1023的连通。通过采用电控阀作为流量调节阀1024,有利于实现液路***10的自动控制。通过采用手动阀作为第一/第二截断阀1025,可以降低液路***10的制造成本。通过设置第三安装件1055,可以提高第三横向管段10212的连接稳固性。通过设置流量调节阀1024,可以调节第一热流支管1022流出的流体的流量。
参见图25和图26,换热器106为板式换热器106,其固定连接在框架105上。板式换热器106具有第一换热进口1061、第一换热出口1062、第二换热进口1063和第二换热出口1064。其中,第一换热进口1061与过滤部件107连通,第一换热出口1062与第一横向管段10111的第一端连通,第二换热进口1063和第二换热出口1064分别与冷却液进液管112和冷却液回液管113连通,本申请中,冷却液进液管112和冷却液回液管113分别与工厂冷却水连通。通过设置换热器106,可以对进入冷流管路101的流体温度进行调节,提高液路***10的控制精度。
继续参见图26,过滤部件107固定安装在框架105上,其包括过滤进口1071、第一过滤出口1072和第二过滤出口1073。第一过滤进口1071与供液缸108连通,第一过滤出口1072与第一换热进口1061连通,第二过滤出口1073与第二竖向管段10211的第一端连通。通过设置过滤部件107,可以对进入冷流管路101和热流管路102的流体进行过滤,提高流体的纯度,降低流体内的杂质含量。
参见图27至图29,供液缸108包括缸体1081、供液泵1084、加热部1085、第一温度传感器1086以及隔板1087。缸体1081上设置有回液口1082和出液口1083,缸体1081内部形成有容纳腔,回液口1082与切割总成30的切割室连通,用于回收切割室承接的切割液,出液口1083与过滤进口1071连通。供液泵1084设置于缸体1081,供液泵1084的泵头部分伸出缸体1081内部,泵头的进口与缸体1081内部连通,泵头的出口与出液口1083连通。加热部1085设置于缸体1081上,用于对缸体1081内的切割液加热。本申请中,加热部1085为电加热器,其具体形式不作限制、可以为电磁加热器、红外线加热器、电阻加热器、陶瓷加热器等。电加热器安装在缸体1081上,且加热部1085分伸入到缸体1081内部。第一温度传感器1086设置于缸体1081,且部分伸入缸体1081内部,用于检测缸体1081内 的切割液的温度。隔板1087设置在缸体1081内,将缸体1081分隔为沉淀区和加热区,沉淀区位于回液口1082下方,供液泵1084的泵头、加热部1085、第一温度传感器1086则位于加热区。通过设置供液缸108,可以使得供液***内的流体循环流动,降低供液***的使用成本。通过设置供液泵1084,可以为流体的流动提供动力。通过设置加热部1085,可以对供液缸108内的切割液进行加热,可以根据需要启动加热部1085来加热供液缸108内的切割液,从而方便为供液***提供冷热两种切割液,提高供液***的适用性。通过设置第一温度传感器1086,有利于实现对缸体1081内的切割液温度进行采集和控制,为实现温度自动化控制带来可能。通过设置隔板1087,能够对回流的切割液进行截流和阻挡,减小内部切割液的波动,保持切割液的流动稳定性。
参见图27和图30,碎片盒109位于切割总成30的主辊组件内部,其用于承接切割液。具体地,碎片盒109包括盒体1091、热流管1093、调节板1095、第二温度传感器1094和液位传感器。盒体1091顶部敞开,底部四角设置有排液口1092,排液口1092与回液口1082连通。每个排液口1092处设置有一个调节板1095,调节板1095可相对于排液口1092升降,用于调节排液口1092的流量。本申请中对调节板1095的具体结构形式不作限制,只要能够通过升降来实现排液口1092流量调整的调节板1095均可以适用于本申请中。热流管1093设置于盒体1091且至少部分伸入盒体1091内,且热流管1093伸入盒体1091内的部分位于碎片盒109的底部且沿碎片盒109的长度方向延伸设置。热流管1093具有进液口和出液口1083,进液口设置在热流管1093伸出盒体1091的部分的端部,该端部设置有快接头,用于与第三横向管段10212的第一端连通。出液口1083设置在热流管1093伸入盒体1091内的部分,进液口为长条孔,长条孔开设有多个,多个长条孔在热流管1093伸入盒体1091的部分的上侧面沿碎片盒109的长度方向排列。第二温度传感器1094设置在盒体1091上,其部分伸入碎片盒109内,用于监控盒体1091中的切割液的温度。液位传感器(图中未示出)同样设置于盒体1091,用于检测盒体1091中的切割液的液位。通过设置碎片盒109,可以将碎片盒109内的切割液回流至供液缸108,实现切割液的回收。通过设置调节板1095,可以根据实际需求调节排液口1092的大小,进而调整排液量。通过在碎片盒109的盒体1091内设置热流管1093,可以通过热流管1093向供液缸108内提供具有一定温度的切割液,从而避免与切割线摩擦后温度升高的切片进入碎片盒109后温度快速下降而导致发生热变形。通过设置第二温度传感器1094,可以对碎片盒109内的切割液温度进行监控,实现对切片温度的高精度控制。通过设置液位传感器,可以控制碎片盒109内的切割液高度,便于将液位控制在合适的范围。
参照图27,上喷淋装置110与冷流管路101的第二端连通,用于向待切割件的上部供给切割液。具体地,上喷淋装置110的具体喷淋方式不限,其可以是溢流喷淋、直喷喷淋或花洒喷淋等。上喷淋装置110安装在进给总成20的滑板箱21下部,其与待切割件的相对位置保持固定,对待切割件的固定部位进行喷淋。举例而言,当用于安装晶托的晶托安装组件与滑板箱21之间固定设置时,可以将上喷淋装置110安装在滑板箱21的底面上,并沿待切割件的长度方向布置,以对待切割件整体进行喷淋。当用于安装晶托的晶托安装组件与滑板箱21之间可摆动设置时,可以将上喷淋装置110安装在晶托安装组件上,并沿待切割件的长度方向布置,以对待切割件整体进行喷淋。进一步地,本申请中,上喷淋装置110设置有两个,两个上喷淋装置110安装好后位于待切割件的两侧,每个上喷淋装置110对待切割件的一侧进行喷淋。更进一步地,滑板箱21上还设置有导流块22,第一冷流支管1012的第二端与该导流块22连通,导流块22与两个上喷淋装置110连通。通过设置上喷淋装置110,可以对待切割件的上部进行喷淋,提高待切割件的整体喷淋效果,提高待切割件的整体切割质量,提高待切割件的切割良率。
继续参照图27,下喷淋装置111与冷流管路101的第二端连通,用于向待切割件的下部供给切割液。具体地,下喷淋装置111的具体喷淋方式不限,其可以是溢流喷淋、直喷喷淋或花洒喷淋等。下喷淋装置111安装在切割总成30的切割室内壁框体上,并与切割线 和碎片盒109之间的位置保持相对固定。本申请中,下喷淋装置111设置有两个,两个下喷淋装置111位于待切割件的两侧且沿待切割件的长度方向延伸设置,每个下喷淋装置111对切割件一侧和位于该侧的切割线进行喷淋。相应地,第二冷流支管1013的第二端通过三通分成两个出口,每个出口与一个下喷淋装置111连通。通过设置下喷淋装置111,可以对待切割件的下部进行喷淋,对切割线以及切缝位置进行冷却,提高切片的切割质量和良率。
如图27所示,液路***10工作过程中,供液缸108的回液口1082回收的切割液在沉淀区沉淀后进入加热区,加热区内的切割液在电加热器的加热下升温,升温后的切割液在供液泵1084的作用下被输送至过滤部件107。切割液通过过滤进口1071进入过滤部件107,并在被过滤部件107过滤后,通过第一过滤出口1072和第二过滤出口1073同时排出。其中经第一过滤出口1072排出的切割液由第一换热进口1061进入换热器106中进行换热冷却,冷却后的切割液经第一换热出口1062进入冷流主管1011。经第二过滤出口1073排出的切割液则直接进入热流主管1021。冷流主管1011内的切割液通过第一冷流支管1012和第二冷流支管1013分别排出至上喷淋装置110和下喷淋装置111,上喷淋装置110将切割液喷淋至待切割件的上部,对待切割件的上部进行冷却、润滑,下喷淋装置111将切割液喷淋至待切割件的下部和切割线上,对待切割件的下部和切割线进行冷却、润滑,两部分切割液最终均落在碎片盒109内。热流主管1021内的切割液通过第一热流支管1022排出至热流管1093,对碎片盒109内的切割液进行加热,来避免切割好的切片浸入碎片盒109内的切割液时由于切片内外温差过大导致热变形。碎片盒109内的切割液在调节板1095的限流作用下排出并被供液缸108的回液口1082回收,至此切割液在液路***10中形成完整循环。其中,在循环过程中,第一温度传感器1086检测碎片盒109内的切割液温度,并返回控制***,控制***根据切割液温度来控制供液缸108内的加热部1085工作,以保持碎片盒109内的切割液温度始终处于设定区间。液位传感器检测碎片盒109内的切割液高度,并返回控制***,控制***根据切割液高度来控制流量调节阀1024的开度,以使得碎片盒109内的切割液高度始终处于设定高度。进一步地,当需要上喷淋装置110也喷淋热的切割液来避免待切割件不同位置温差过大时,工作人员手动将第一截断阀1015关闭、第二截断阀1025打开,使得热流管路102中的切割液通过第一冷流支管1012输送至上喷淋装置110。
本申请还提供了一种线切割机,线切割机包括上述实施方式的液路***10。具体地,本申请的线切割机包括液路***10、进给总成20、切割总成30、绕线总成40以及电控箱,液路***10和切割总成30位于线切割机的两端,进给总成20设置于切割总成30的顶部,绕线总成40位于液路***10与切割总成30之间,电控箱安装在绕线总成40和液路***10的顶部。电控箱包括两部分,两部分之间形成间隙,液路***10中的冷流管路101和热流管路102由该间隙延伸至进给总成20处,并与进给总成20和切割总成30中的上喷淋装置110、下喷淋装置111、碎片盒109等连通。液路***10中的供液缸108则位于切割总成30下方形成的空间中,供液缸108的回液口1082用于回收由碎片盒109排出的切割液,并将回收的切割液通过供液泵1084输送至过滤部件107。本申请的线切割机,通过设置上述液路***10,可以拓展液路***10的供给方式,有利于线切割机的功能拓展,提高了线切割机的适用广度。
下面参照图32至图40对本申请的摆动喷淋机构进行介绍。液路***还包括摆动喷淋机构,摆动喷淋机构包括滑板箱1、摆动装置2和喷淋装置3。摆动装置2包括摆动上板21和摆动下板22,摆动上板21固定连接于滑板箱1的底部,摆动下板22可摆动地连接于摆动上板21,喷淋装置3连接在摆动下板22上。具体地,摆动上板21通过螺接、卡接、焊接等方式固定连接在滑板箱1的底部,摆动上板21上设置有驱动机构,驱动机构通过传动机构与摆动下板22连接,当驱动机构正反向通电时,可以通过传动机构带动摆动下板22摆动。其中,驱动机构可以为电机和减速器,传动机构可以为齿轮皮带轮组或齿轮组等,驱动机构通过传动机构带动摆动下板22摆动的原理本领域中较为常见,在此不再赘述。喷淋装置3固定连接于摆动下板22的底面,优选地,本申请中摆动喷淋机构设置两个喷淋装置3, 两个喷淋装置3沿待切割件5的长度方向(即图32中待切割件5中的轴向)安装在摆动装置2的底部,且两个喷淋装置3位于待切割件5的两侧。参照图33并按图33所示方位,两个喷淋装置3安装在摆动下板22的底面左右两侧,两个喷淋装置3从不同方向对待切割件5的侧面进行喷淋。通过将喷淋装置3连接在摆动下板22上,可以在摆动下板22相对于摆动上板21摆动时,实现喷淋装置3的随摆。通过喷淋装置3固定在摆动下板22的底面,安装方式简单,成本低。通过设置两个喷淋装置3,可以实现两个喷淋装置3对待切割件5不同位置的喷淋,提高喷淋均匀性。通过将喷淋装置3安装在摆动下板22的底部,且喷淋装置3沿待切割件5的长度方向设置,能够提高待切割件5的整体冷却效果。通过将两个喷淋装置3设置在待切割件5的两侧,使得喷淋装置3能够将切割液相对地喷洒在待切割件5的两侧上部,利于切割液将待切割件5包裹,提高待切割件5的冷却效果。
参见图32、图34至图37,一种优选实施方式中,摆动喷淋机构还包括输送部,输送部设置于滑板箱1上,喷淋装置3通过输送部与切割液源接通。具体地,输送部包括第一固定块41和第二固定块42,第一固定块41和第二固定块42均固定连接于滑板箱1上,第一固定块41上设置有彼此连通的第一进口4111和第一出口4112,第二固定块42上设置有彼此连通的第二进口4211和第二出口4221,第一进口4111与切割液源连通,二进口与第一出口4112连通,第二出口4221与喷淋装置3连通。
参照图34至图36,第一固定块41整体呈倒L型,其包括彼此连接的第一结构段411和第二结构段412,第二结构段412的端面(即图34中所示出的第二结构段412的下端面)固定连接于滑板箱1的顶面边缘,第一结构段411向远离滑板箱1的方向延伸。优选地,第一结构段411沿水平方向延伸,第二结构段412沿竖直方向延伸。第一固定块41上设置有一个第一进口4111和两个第一出口4112,第一固定块41上开设有通孔4113,通孔4113的两端通过第一堵头413封堵,第一进口4111和第一出口4112同时与通孔4113连通。优选地,通孔4113开设于第一结构段411且通孔4113的轴线平行于第一结构段411的端面(即图34中所示出的第一结构段411的左端面),第一进口4111开设于第一结构段411的端面,第一进口4111的轴线垂直于第一结构段411的端面,两个第一出口4112开设于第一结构段411的下侧面(即图34中示出的第一结构段411的底面),第一出口4112的轴线垂直于第一结构段411的下侧面。
参见图34和图37,第二固定块42包括彼此连接的第三结构段421和第四结构段422,第三结构段421的下侧面固定连接于滑板箱1的底框上边缘,第四结构段422沿滑板箱1的地矿外边缘向下延伸。优选地,第三结构段421沿水平方向延伸,第四结构段422沿竖直方向延伸。第二固定块42上开设有盲孔4222,盲孔4222的一端通过第二堵头423封堵,第二进口4211和第二出口4221同时与盲孔4222连通。优选地,盲孔4222开设于第四结构段422的外侧面(即图34中第四结构段422的左侧面)上部且盲孔4222的轴线平行于第三结构段421的上侧面,第二进口4211开设于第三结构段421的上侧面(即图34中第三结构段421的上侧面)且其轴线垂直于第三结构段421的上侧面,第二出口4221开设于第四结构段422的端面且其轴线垂直于第四结构段422的端面(即图34中第四结构段422的底面)。继续参见图34,本申请中,第一固定块41设置有一个,第二固定块42设置有两个,第一固定块41的第一进口4111与切割液源连通,每个第一出口4112与一个第二进口4211连通,每个第二出口4221与一个喷淋装置3连通。优选地,第一进口4111与切割液源之间通过软管连接,第一出口4112与第二进口4211之间通过硬管连接,第二出口4221与喷淋装置3之间通过软管连接。
通过在滑板箱1上设置输送部,可以在实现向喷淋装置3输送切割液的同时,避免供液管路布置杂乱以及与其他机构相干涉,提高布置合理性,降低故障率。通过设置第一固定块41,方便切割液管路的固定与导向,且改造成本低。通过设置第二固定块42,可以有效实现第一固定块41与第二固定块42之间的管路固定,以及第二固定块42与喷淋装置3之间的管路导向,提高管路连接稳固性。第一进口4111与切割液源之间通过软管连接,软 管可以适应滑板箱1的升降。第一出口4112与第二进口4211之间通过硬管连接,可以提高管路的连接稳定性。第二出口4221与喷淋装置3之间通过软管连接,软管可以适应摆动装置2的摆动。通过第一固定块41设置一个第一进口4111和两个第一出口4112,方便切割液的引入,简化引入管路的设置数量,同时方便对两个喷淋装置3的切割液进行分流。通过开设通孔4113并将通孔4113两端封堵,方便对第一固定块41的加工,降低加工成本。第二结构段412的端面固定连接在滑板箱1的顶面边缘,方便第一固定块41的固定。第一进口4111开设于第一结构段411的端面,方便第一进口4111与切割液源的管路连接。第一出口4112开设于第一结构段411的下侧面,方便第一出口4112向下引管与第二固定块42连接。通过在第二固定块42上开设盲孔4222,且盲孔4222一端封堵,方便对第二固定块42的加工,降低加工成本。通过第三结构段421下侧面固定连接在滑板箱1的底框上边缘,方便第二固定块42的固定连接。第二进口4211开设在第三结构段421的上侧面,方便第二进口4211向上引管与第一固定块41连接。第二出口4221开设在第四结构段422的端面,方便第二出口4221向下引管与喷淋装置3连接。
接下来参照图38至图40,喷淋装置3包括喷淋管31、导流板32、调流板33、固定板34、支撑板35、孔板36、安装板37、进液管38和支撑管39。具体地,喷淋管31的两端密封,喷淋管31上设置有进液口311和喷淋孔312,进液口311设置在喷淋管31的第一侧沿长度方向的中部,喷淋孔312设置在喷淋管31的底部。导流板32设置在喷淋管31的下方,且向远离喷淋管31的第二侧的方向延伸,从而引导喷淋孔312喷出的切割液流出。其中,导流板32沿长度方向的两侧各设置有一个挡流板321,导流板32通过挡流板321与喷淋管31固定连接。如挡流板321与喷淋管31之间螺接、粘接或焊接等。
孔板36设置于喷淋管31的内部且沿喷淋管31的轴向延伸,喷淋管31至少一端通过堵头密封,在拆卸堵头时,可以将孔板36安装到喷淋管31内部并固定,孔板36的固定方式不作限制,可以卡接在喷淋管31的两端之间,也可以螺接在喷淋管31其中一端、或螺接与卡接相结合等。孔板36上沿长度方向设置有一排孔,孔板36上的孔的轴线与喷淋孔312的轴线之间具有夹角(即图39中所述的α)。
固定板34设置于导流板32的上方,具体地,固定板34设置于两个挡流板321之间,且与导流板32之间存在空隙,该空隙作为流通口。固定板34可以与两个挡流板321分别连接,如螺接、焊接或粘接等。
调流板33设置在导流板32的上方,用于调整调流板33与导流板32之间的流通口的大小。具体地,调流板33位于固定板34的外侧,调流板33上设置有第一连接结构331,第一连接结构331通过紧固件连接于固定板34上设置的第二连接结构上,使得调流板33能够沿直线方向调节。优选地,第一连接结构331为腰孔,第二连接结构为圆孔,腰孔与圆孔之间通过螺栓螺母组件连接。
支撑板35的截面为L型,支撑板35的竖直板段与固定板34抵接,以支撑固定板34,支撑板35的水平板段与挡流板321连接,如焊接、粘接或螺接等。其中,支撑板35的水平段与竖直段之间还设置有若干个支撑筋351。参照图40,支撑筋351设置有三个,三个支撑筋351间隔设置在支撑板35的竖直段与水平段之间。
安装板37设置在喷淋管31上,如与喷淋管31焊接或粘接等,安装板37上设置有第三连接结构371,第三连接结构371通过紧固件安装于摆动装置2。具体地,喷淋管31的轴向两端各设置一个安装板37,安装板37向远离喷淋管31的第二侧的方向延伸。安装板37远离喷淋管31的一侧设置有第三连接结构371,第三连接结构371为长条孔,且每个安装板37上长条孔设置有多个,单个长条孔沿摆动装置2的宽度方向(即图33所示的左右方向)延伸设置,多个长条孔沿摆动装置2的长度方向并排设置。
进液管38与喷淋管31平行设置,其一端设置有接头6,另一端与进液口311连通,接头6能够通过软管与第二固定块42上的第二出口4221连通。进液管38与喷淋管31之间还设置有支撑管39,支撑管39的两端分别与进液管38和喷淋管31连接,以固定进液管38。
喷淋管31和导流板32的设置,切割液由进液口311进入到喷淋管31内,并从喷淋孔312流出,在导流板32的作用下引导切割液流出,流向待切割件5上部,使得待切割件5上部覆盖切割液,进而使得线切割过程中切割液在待切割件5的每个位置的切割液带入量充足,提高整体冷却质量。通过设置孔板36,能够对进入到喷淋管31内的切割液进行导流、分流,提高切割液流量的均匀性和稳定性,有利于提高线切割过程中切割液在待切割件5的不同位置带液量的一致性,提高切割质量。通过孔板36上的孔的轴线与喷淋孔312的轴线之间设置夹角,可以提升导流效果,提高切割液流动稳定性。通过设置调流板33,可以调整调流板33与导流板32之间的流通口的大小,使得喷淋装置3能够根据待切割件5的尺寸调整流通口的大小,进而改变切割液的流量,以满足不同尺寸的冷却需求,使得不同尺寸的待切割件5在切割时均具有良好的冷却效果,提高切割件的切割质量。通过设置第一连接结构331和第二连接结构,使得调流板33能够沿着直线方向移动改变溢流口的大小,从而改变切割液流量。通过设置固定板34,实现了调流板33的简单安装。通过设置支撑板35,可以加强固定板34的安装强度,从而提高调流板33的稳定性。通过设置支撑筋351,可以提高支撑板35的强度。通过设置安装板37,可以实现喷淋装置3的简便安装。第三连接结构371为长条孔或多个过孔,方便喷淋装置3沿摆动装置2宽度方向的安装和位置调整,从而有利于调整至较佳的喷淋位置。通过设置多个长条孔或多个过孔组,可以提高喷淋装置3的安装稳定性,提高喷淋效果。通过设置进液管38,有利于接头6的引出,降低接管难度。通过设置支撑管39,可以提高进液管38与喷淋管31之间的连接结构强度,提高喷淋稳定性。
下面对本申请的摆动喷淋机构的优选实施方式的工作原理进行简要介绍。首先滑板箱向下进给,带动摆动装置2和待切割件5同步下降。下降过程中,摆动下板22在驱动机构的带动下相对于摆动上板21摆动,从而增大切割力。然后,在切割过程中,切割液源通过第一进口4111进入第一固定块41,并在第一固定块41内分流为两路,两路切割液分别通过一个第一出口4112流出,并由第二进口4211分别流入对应的第二固定块42。紧接着,每个第二固定块42中的切割液由第二出口4221流出,并由进液管38的一端进入。接下来,切割液由进液管38的另一端经进液口311进入喷淋管31,并在经过孔板36的稳流后,由喷淋孔312流出至导流板32。最后,切割液在导流板32的导流作用和调流板33的限流下,平缓的喷向待切割件5的上部。
下面结合图41至图44对本申请的碎片盒进行介绍。液路***还包括碎片盒1,该碎片盒1包括碎片盒本体11和传热部。碎片盒本体11的顶部敞开,碎片盒本体11能够盛放切割液。传热部设置在碎片盒本体11中,且传热部与外部热源连接,用于向切割液提供热量。如此,传热部可以向碎片盒本体11中的切割液提供热量,使切割液的温度升高,进而避免已经切开的切片部分温度快速下降而导致切片发生变形,提高切割质量和硅片良率。
参见图41,传热部包括热流管12,热流管12至少部分设置在碎片盒本体11中,热流管12具有进液口(图中未示出)和出液口121,进液口与外部热源连接,出液口121与碎片盒本体11的内部连通。进一步地,热流管12部分伸出碎片盒本体11,且热流管12伸出碎片盒本体11的部分与碎片盒本体11连接,进液口设置于热流管12伸出碎片盒本体11的部分。进液口设置于热流管12伸出碎片盒本体11的部分的端部,该端部上连接有接头2。热流管12伸出碎片盒本体11的部分连接于碎片盒本体11沿宽度方向的侧壁上。热流管12伸出碎片盒本体11的部分通过法兰5固定在碎片盒本体11的外侧壁上。热流管12位于碎片盒本体11内的部分位于碎片盒本体11的底部并沿碎片盒本体11的长度方向延伸的直管。出液口121设置于热流管12设置在碎片盒本体11内部的部分的外侧面上。出液口121设置有多个,多个出液口121沿热流管12的长度方向排列。多个出液口121(例如图41中所示的长条孔)均匀分布在热流管12的上侧面。如此,经过加热后的切割液可以通过热流管12的进液口进入热流管12,通过热流管12上设置的多个出液口121直接进入碎片盒本体11中,使碎片盒本体11内的切割液温度升高,避免已经切开的切片部分温度快速下降而导致切片发生变形。而且,热流管12伸出碎片盒本体11的部分连接于碎片盒本体11沿宽度方向的 侧壁上,可以避免热流管12与线网发生干涉影响切割。此外,通过法兰5将热流管12固定在碎片盒本体11上,可以避免热流管12晃动扰动碎片盒本体11内部的液体。并且,热流管12沿碎片盒本体11的长度方向设置,可以使热量均匀扩散。热流管12位于碎片盒本体11的底部,可以避免与待切割件干涉。多个出液口121均匀分布在传热管上,进一步提高传热均匀性。
继续参见图41,碎片盒1还包括第一温度传感器15,第一温度传感器15设置在碎片盒本体11的沿宽度方向上的侧壁的下方,用于监控碎片盒本体11中的切割液的温度。第一温度传感器15上设置有螺纹,碎片盒本体11上开设有第二螺孔,第一温度传感器15螺接在碎片盒本体11上并部分伸入碎片盒本体11内部。如此,可以通过第一温度传感器15监控碎片盒本体11中的切割液的温度,以根据实际情况的需求调整传热量。此外,第一温度传感器15螺接在碎片盒本体11上,避免第一温度传感器15晃动而导致测得的温度值发生波动。
参见图41和图42,在上述碎片盒1的优选实施方式中,碎片盒本体11上设置有排液口111,碎片盒1还包括调节板13,调节板13设置在碎片盒本体11上设置的固定板14上,用于调节排液口111的大小。优选地,在碎片盒本体11的底部的四角均设置有调节板13和排液口111,同时在碎片盒本体11的底部的四角设置有调节板13的部位均设置有固定板14。更优选地,固定板14包括第二水平段、第三侧板和第四侧板(图中未示出),第三侧板与第四侧板分别设置在第二水平段的左右两侧,第二连接结构设置于第二水平段上,调节板13包括竖直段和水平段,第一连接结构设置于水平段,竖直段与第三侧板和第四侧板之间的部位相匹配。进一步地,调节板13上设置有第一连接结构,第一连接结构可移动地连接于碎片盒本体11的待安装位置上设置的第二连接结构上,使得调节板13能够调节排液口111的大小。固定板14设置于碎片盒本体11的侧壁上,第二连接结构设置于固定板14上。第一连接结构与第二连接结构均为连接孔,螺栓3穿过两个连接孔与螺母4连接。螺栓3的螺帽抵靠在调节板13上,螺母4抵靠在固定板14上。在螺栓3上设置有至少两个螺母4,优选地本申请中螺母4设置有三个,一个螺母4与螺栓3的螺帽分别抵靠在调节板13两侧用于固定调节板13,一个螺母4抵接于抵靠在调节板13一侧的螺母4上部,即两个螺母4叠加,一个螺母4抵靠在固定板14上。碎片盒1还包括液位传感器(图中未示出),液位传感器设置在碎片盒本体11上,用于检测碎片盒本体11中的液位。如此,可以根据实际情况的需要,通过螺栓3相对于固定板14的移动,移动调节板13相对于排液口111的位置,调节排液口111的大小,进而调整排液量。同时,在不移动调节板13时,通过螺帽和一个螺母4固定调节板13的位置,而且两个螺母4之间接触面的摩擦力可以阻止螺栓松动,进而避免调节板13晃动影响对排液量的调整。然后,在碎片盒本体11的四角均设置排液口111,可以通过多个排液口111将碎片盒1中的废液排出,提高排液效率。同时,排液口111均布在碎片盒本体11的底部四角,可以均匀的排液,进而有利于碎片盒本体11的平衡。此外,可以通过液位传感器监测碎片盒本体11中的液位,便于将液位控制在合适的范围。
继续参见图41,在上述碎片盒1的优选实施方式中,碎片盒本体11沿长度方向相对设置的两侧壁的外部上分别设置有支架16,支架16用于将碎片盒本体11固定在待安装位置上。如此,可以通过支架16将碎片盒1安装在待安装位置例如线切割机的框架上。
参见图41至图44,液路***包括碎片盒1、供液组件6。供液组件6与传热部连通,用于向传热部提供热源。如此,可以通过供液组件6向传热部提供热源,使碎片盒本体11内的切割液温度升高,进而避免已经切开的切片部分温度快速下降而导致切片发生变形。在上述液路***的优选实施方式中,供液组件6包括供液缸本体61、加热部62、供液泵63、隔板64、第二温度传感器65和回液部(图中未示出)。供液缸本体61用于盛放切割液。加热部62设置在供液缸本体61上,用于加热切割液。供液泵63设置在供液缸本体61上,用于向传热部提供加热后的切割液。隔板64竖直设置在供液缸本体61中,将供液缸本体61分隔为沉淀区611和加热区612,加热部62伸入供液缸本体61并位于加热区612。第二温 度传感器65设置在供液缸本体61的加热区612。回液部与供液缸本体61的沉淀区611连通,用于将废液回收至沉淀区611。如此,可以通过加热部62加热供液缸本体61的加热区612中的切割液,并通过供液泵63将加热后的切割液输送至传热部例如热流管12。而且,隔板64将供液缸本体61分隔为沉淀区611和加热区612可以只加热的切割液,避免能源浪费,而且经回液部回收的废液可以在沉淀区611沉淀后再次利用,节约成本。此外,可以通过第二温度传感器65监测加热区612的温度。
本申请中,加热部62、回液部的结构均为本领域的常规结构,在此不再赘述。例如,加热部62可以是电加热器(例如电阻加热、电磁加热或红外线加热等),也可以是其他加热方式的加热器(如燃气加热器)。另外,本申请的液路***还可以包括供液框架组件(供液框架主要用于对切割液进行过滤、控温、流量分配)。此外,本申请的液路***也可以用于提供冷却液,以冷却线切割机的主轴、轴承箱、电机等。
下面结合图45至图46对本申请的碎片盒的另一种实施例进行描述。本实施方式中,碎片盒1包括碎片盒本体11和加热器。碎片盒本体11的顶部敞开,能够盛放切割液。加热器设置在碎片盒本体11中,用于加热碎片盒本体11内部的切割液。如此,加热器可以加热碎片盒本体11内部的切割液,使切割液的温度升高,避免已经切开的切片部分温度快速下降而导致切片发生变形。
参见图45和图46,加热器为电加热器12,电加热器12与外部电源连接。电加热器12包括彼此连接的接线端122和加热体121。接线端122连接在碎片盒本体11沿宽度方向的侧壁上,通过法兰4固定在碎片盒本体11的外侧壁上。加热体121伸入碎片盒本体11的内部,设置在碎片盒本体11的底部并沿碎片盒本体11的长度方向延伸。优选地,加热体121为直线型加热管,加热方式为电阻加热。如此,接线端122可以与外部电源连接给加热体121供电,加热体121加热碎片盒本体11中的切割液,使切割液的温度升高,避免已经切开的切片部分温度快速下降而导致切片发生变形,提高切割质量和硅片良率。此外,接线端122连接在碎片盒本体11沿宽度方向的侧壁上,可以避免连接端与线网发生干涉影响切割。并且,加热体121沿碎片盒本体11的长度方向设置,可以使热量均匀扩散。然后,加热体121通过法兰4固定在碎片盒本体11上,可以避免加热体121晃动扰动碎片盒本体11内部的液体。
继续参见图45,碎片盒1还包括温度传感器15,温度传感器15设置在碎片盒本体11的沿宽度方向上的侧壁的下方,用于监控碎片盒本体11中的切割液的温度。优选地,温度传感器15上设置有螺纹,碎片盒本体11上开设有第二螺孔,温度传感器15螺接在碎片盒本体11上并部分伸入碎片盒本体11内部。如此,可以通过温度传感器15监控碎片盒本体11中的切割液的温度,以根据实际情况的需求调整加热量。此外,温度传感器15螺接在碎片盒本体11上,可以避免温度传感器15晃动而导致测得的温度值发生波动。
参见图45和图46,在上述碎片盒1的优选实施方式中,碎片盒本体11上设置有排液口111,碎片盒1还包括调节板13,调节板13设置在碎片盒本体11上设置的固定板14上,用于调节排液口111的大小。优选地,在碎片盒本体11的底部的四角均设置有调节板13和排液口111,同时在碎片盒本体11的底部的四角设置有调节板13的部位均设置有固定板14。更优选地,固定板14包括第二水平段、第三侧板和第四侧板(图中未示出),第三侧板与第四侧板分别设置在第二水平段的左右两侧,第二连接结构设置于第二水平段上,调节板13包括竖直段和水平段,第一连接结构设置于水平段,水平段的两侧面、以及竖直段的两侧边分别与第三侧板和第四侧板的彼此相对的侧壁相匹配。进一步地,调节板13上设置有第一连接结构,第一连接结构可移动地连接于碎片盒本体11的待安装位置上设置的第二连接结构上,使得调节板13能够调节排液口111的大小。进一步地,固定板14设置于碎片盒本体11的侧壁上,第二连接结构设置于固定板14上。进一步地,第一连接结构与第二连接结构均为连接孔,螺栓2穿过两个连接孔与螺母3连接。优选地,螺栓2的螺帽抵靠在调节板13的水平段上,螺母3抵靠在固定板14上。更优选地,在螺栓2上设置有至少两个 螺母3,优选地本申请中螺母3设置有三个,一个螺母3与螺栓2的螺帽分别抵靠在调节板13两侧用于固定调节板13,一个螺母3抵接于抵靠在调节板13一侧的螺母3上部,即两个螺母3叠加,一个螺母3抵靠在固定板14上。进一步优选地,碎片盒1还包括液位传感器(图中未示出),液位传感器设置在碎片盒本体11上,用于检测碎片盒本体11中的液位。如此,可以根据实际情况的需要,通过螺栓2相对于固定板14的移动,移动调节板13相对于排液口111的位置,调节排液口111的大小,进而调整排液量。同时,在不移动调节板13时,通过螺帽和两个螺母3固定调节板13的位置,而且两个螺母之间接触面的摩擦力可以阻止螺栓松动,进而避免调节板13晃动影响对排液量的调整。然后,在碎片盒本体11的四角均设置排液口111,可以通过多个排液口111将碎片盒1中的废液排出,提高排液效率。同时,排液口111均布在碎片盒本体11的底部四角,可以均匀的排液,进而有利于碎片盒本体11的平衡。此外,可以通过液位传感器监测碎片盒本体11中的液位,便于将液位控制在合适的范围。
继续参见图45和图46,在上述碎片盒1的优选实施方式中,碎片盒本体11沿长度方向相对设置的两侧壁的外部上分别设置有支架16,支架16用于将碎片盒本体11固定在待安装位置上。如此,可以通过支架16将碎片盒1安装在待安装位置例如线切割机的框架上。
本申请还提供了一种线切割机,线切割机包括上述实施方式中的液路***。
下面对本申请的切割总成进行介绍。线切割机还包括切割总成,切割总成包括辊轴组件。如图47所示,现有的辊轴组件包括辊轴1、第一轴承箱3、第二轴承箱4和拉杆2,辊轴1一端与第一轴承箱3的第一旋转轴31传动连接,另一端与第二轴承箱4的第二旋转轴41传动连接。第一旋转轴31远离辊轴1的一端伸出第一轴承箱3,与电机8通过联轴器7连接。辊轴1上开设有第一轴孔,第一轴孔内插设有拉杆2,第一旋转轴31靠近辊轴1的一端开设有第一孔道32,拉杆2一端螺接于第一孔道32内。第二旋转轴41开设有第二轴孔,拉杆2远离第一轴承箱3的一端依次伸出第一轴孔、第二轴孔,伸出第二轴孔的拉杆2通过螺母561轴向锁紧。通过这样的结构设置,使得金刚线切割机在工作过程中,电机8传动动能使得第一旋转轴31在联轴器7的作用下高速转动,由于第一旋转轴31与辊轴1传动连接,辊轴1与第二旋转轴41传动连接,因此辊轴1以及第二旋转轴41同步转动,从而带动缠绕在辊轴1上的金刚线6高速转动,实现对待切割材料的切割。但是由于辊轴组件不具备冷却的功能,金刚线切割机在切割过程中,辊轴1温度逐渐增加,使得辊轴1的热变形也随之加大,而辊轴的1热变形增加则会导致金刚线切割机的切割精度下降,切割材料的质量降低,甚至还会导致辊轴1上缠绕的金刚线6出现断线的问题。
如图48和图49所示,本申请的辊轴组件包括辊轴1和拉杆2,辊轴1上设置有第一轴孔;拉杆2用于轴向锁紧所述辊轴1,拉杆2至少部分插设在第一轴孔内,拉杆2内设置有第一通道21,拉杆2上分别设置有与第一通道21连通的进液口22和出液口23;拉杆2的外壁与第一轴孔的内壁之间存在间隙,并作为第二通道24,进液口22与切割液供给装置的出口连通,出液口23与第二通道24的第一端连通,第二通道24的第二端与切割液供给装置的进口连通。通过在辊轴1上的第一轴孔内插设轴向锁紧的拉杆2,拉杆2内设置第一通道21及与第一通道21连通的进液口22和出液口23,且拉杆2的外壁与第一轴孔的内壁之间存在间隙且作为第二通道24,使得切割液供给装置中的切割液能够通过进液口22流入到第一通道21内,再通过出液口23流入到第二通道24,第二通道24内的切割液再回流到切割液供给装置中,形成一个完整的冷却循环,能够对辊轴1冷却,降低切割过程中辊轴1的温度,从而降低辊轴1在高速切割时产生的热变形,提高金刚线切割机的切割精度以及切割材料的切割质量,还能够避免金刚线6出现断线的问题。
参照图48-49,在一种较为优选的实施方式中,辊轴组件包括辊轴1、拉杆2、第一轴承箱3、第二轴承箱4和旋转接头组件5。辊轴1一端与第一轴承箱3的第一旋转轴31传动连接,另一端与第二轴承箱4的第二旋转轴41传动连接,旋转接头组件5的第三旋转轴51与第二轴承箱4的第二旋转轴41传功连接。辊轴1上开设有第一轴孔,第一轴孔内插设 有拉杆2,拉杆2内设置有第一通道21,拉杆2的外壁与第一轴孔的内壁之间存在间隙,并作为第二通道24。第一旋转轴31靠近辊轴1的一端开设有第一孔道32和第二孔道33,第一孔道32与第二孔道33连通,拉杆2一端螺接于第一孔道32内,螺接于第一孔道32的拉杆2一端开设有与第一通道21连通的出液口23。第二旋转轴41和第三旋转轴51上分别开设有第二轴孔和第三轴孔,拉杆2远离第一轴承箱3的一端依次伸出第一轴孔、第二轴孔和第三轴孔,伸出第三轴孔的拉杆2通过螺母561轴向锁紧,并在该端开设有进液口22。拉杆2的外壁与第二轴孔的内壁之间存在间隙,作为第五通道42,拉杆2的外壁与第三轴孔的内壁之间存在间隙,第三旋转轴51的外周侧沿径向开设有与该间隙连通的通孔531。辊轴组件高速转动过程中,切割液供给装置内的切割液通过拉杆2的进液口22流入到拉杆2内第一通道21,在通过出液口23依次流经第一孔道32、第二通道24、第五通道42、拉杆2的外壁与第三轴孔的内壁之间存在间隙,并通过通孔531回流到切割液供给装置中,形成完整的冷却循环路径,对辊轴组件进行冷却。具体地,参照图48-49,辊轴1呈长轴状,其轴线方向开设有第一轴孔,第一轴孔两端均呈内长外短的喇叭状,第一轴孔的中间部分呈圆柱状。其中,处于中间部分的第一轴孔两端内壁开设有环槽,环槽内镶嵌有第一堵头12,两个第一堵头12的外端面均设置有端部密封圈,第一堵头12与环槽的内壁之间设置有轴向密封圈,端部密封圈以及轴向密封圈两者能够防止切割液从辊轴1与第一轴承箱3、第二轴承箱4的旋转轴的配合面处泄漏。参照图51,辊轴1的表面开设有多个线槽11,当金刚线6在2个及其以上辊轴1的线槽11中缠绕则形成线网,能够对待切割材料进行切割。
参照图49,拉杆2呈长直条状,其部分插设在第一轴孔内,且两端均伸出第一轴孔。拉杆2内设置有第一通道21,第一通道21呈直线型。拉杆2的外壁与第一轴承36的内壁之间存在间隙,作为第二通道24。拉杆2一端伸入到第一轴承箱3内,另一端伸出第二轴承箱4伸入到旋转接头组件5内。伸入到第一轴承箱3内的拉杆2一端开设有出液口23,伸入到旋转接头组件5内的拉杆2一端开设有进液口22,进液口22与出液口23均与第一通道21连通,使得切割液供给装置能够通过进液口22流入到第一通道21内,再通过出液口23流出,从出液口23流出的切割液能够回流到第二通道24内,延长了切割液在辊轴1内的时间,能够提高切割过程中辊轴1的冷却效果。返回参照图49,两个第一堵头12上还分别开设有通孔和连接孔,通孔沿第一堵头12的轴线设置,通孔插设在拉杆2上;连接孔与第二通道24连通,使得连接孔能够作为切割液的流动通道,与第二通道24、第一通道21形成冷却循环路径对辊轴1进行冷却。
参照图47-49,第一轴承箱3呈类圆筒状,第一轴承箱3包括第一旋转轴31、多个第一轴承36,第一轴承套37和第一法兰35,第一旋转轴31上套设有多个第一轴承36,多个第一轴承36上套设有第一轴承套37,第一轴承套37靠近辊轴1的端面设置有第一法兰35,第一法兰35与第一轴承套37通过螺栓连接。第一旋转轴31的两端分别伸出第一轴承套37,第一旋转轴31的一端伸出第一轴承套37的部分的轴面呈锥面,能够***到辊轴1的第一轴孔内,与第一轴孔具有喇叭状的端部锥面配合连接,从而将第一轴承箱3与辊轴1传动连接在一起。第一旋转轴31的另一端伸出第一轴承箱3的部分能够通过联轴器7与电机8连接,从而在电机8的驱动下可实现辊轴1高速转动。电机8工作过程中,第一轴承箱3上的第一旋转轴31在联轴器7的作用下转动,由于第一旋转轴31与辊轴1锥面配合连接,使得辊轴1能够在第一旋转轴31的作用下同步转动。辊轴组件高速转动过程中,第一旋转轴31同步高速转动,为了降低第一旋转轴31高速转动过程中产生的温度,第一旋转轴31靠近辊轴1的一端开设有第一孔道32和多个第二孔道33,第一孔道32沿第一旋转轴31的轴线设置。多个第二孔道33以圆周分布形式开设,第一旋转轴31的外周侧沿径向开设多个径向孔道34,径向孔道34与第二孔道33一一对应设置,径向孔道34将第一孔道32的第二端与第二孔道33的第一端连通,使得第一孔道32内的切割液在径向孔道34的引导下流入到第二孔道33内,从而能够对第一旋转轴31进行冷却,降低第一旋转轴31高速转动过程中产生的温度。当然,径向孔道34的设置并非必须,本领域技术人员可以根据具体应用场景进 行选择。如第二孔道33也可以倾斜设置,使得第二孔道33的第一端与第一孔道32的第二端无需径向孔道34直接连通,从而达到对第一旋转轴31冷却的目的。为了避免辊轴组件内的切割液通过径向孔道34流到辊轴组件外,造成切割液的浪费,径向孔道34位于第一旋转轴31外周侧的一端被封堵,从而使得切割液只能够在辊轴组件内流动。其中,拉杆2一端螺纹连接于第一孔道32内,从而将第二孔道33的第二端与第一通道21的第一端连通,形成冷却循环路径,使得第一通道21内的切割液能够通过出液口23流入到第一孔道32内,第一孔道32内的切割液再通过径向孔道34流入第二孔道33,第二孔道33内的切割液再流入到第二通道24,从而达到对辊轴1、第一旋转轴31冷却的目的。第一旋转轴31靠近辊轴1的一端面设置有多个定位柱,辊轴1两端分别设置有多个定位孔,定位孔与定位柱一一对应且配合,以便于第一轴承箱3能够快速准确地安装到辊轴1上。另外,第一旋转轴31与第一轴孔的喇叭状的端部锥面配合时,第一旋转轴31的端部能够抵压在第一堵头12外端面的端部密封圈,能够防止切割液从辊轴1与第一的旋转轴的配合面处泄漏。
参照图47-49,第二轴承箱4呈类圆筒状,第二轴承箱4包括第二轴承套45、多个第二轴承44、第二旋转轴41和第二法兰43,第二旋转轴41上套设有多个第二轴承44,多个第二轴承44上套设有第二轴承套45,第二轴承套45两端均设置有第二法兰43,第二法兰43与第二轴承套45通过螺栓连接,第二轴承套45内插设有第二旋转轴41,第二旋转轴41靠近辊轴1的一端伸出第二轴承套45且轴面呈锥面,能够***到第一轴孔,与第一轴孔具有喇叭状的端部锥面配合连接,从而将第二轴承箱4与辊轴1传动连接在一起,使得辊轴1转动时第二旋转轴41同步转动。辊轴组件高速转动过程中,第二旋转轴41同步高速转动,为了降低第二旋转轴41高度转动过程中产生的温度,第二旋转轴41靠近辊轴1的一端开设有第二轴孔,拉杆2部分***到第二轴孔内,拉杆2外壁与第二轴孔的内壁之间存在间隙,作为第五通道42,第五通道42与第二通道24的第二端连通,使得第二通道24内的切割液能够流入到第五通道42内,从而能够对第二旋转轴41进行冷却,降低第二旋转轴41高速转动过程中产生的温度。第二旋转轴41靠近辊轴1的一端设置有多个定位柱,定位柱能够与辊轴1相应位置的定位孔对应且配合,以便于第二轴承箱4能够快速准确地安装到辊轴1上,同时第二旋转轴41也能够快速地与第一轴孔的喇叭状的端部锥面配合。另外,第二旋转轴41与第二轴孔的喇叭状的端部锥面配合时,第二旋转轴41的端部能够抵压在第一堵头12外端面的端部密封圈,能够防止切割液从辊轴1与第二旋转轴41的配合面处泄漏。
接着参照图48-49、图52-54,对旋转接头组件5进行介绍。旋转接头组件5包括第三旋转轴51、外套52、分隔部件54和端盖55。外套52上具有内腔,第三旋转轴51设置在内腔中,分隔部件54套设在第三旋转轴51上且与外套52的内壁抵接,将外套52的内腔分隔出第一内腔532。第三旋转轴51上开设有与第一内腔532连通的通孔531,端盖55密封扣设在外套52远离第二连接部的一端,从而端盖55、外套52和分隔部件54围设形成与第一内腔532彼此不连通的第二内腔57。参照图52-54,第三旋转轴51上套设有压盘511、旋转轴支座512、两个第三轴承513、机械密封59、分隔部件54,其中,压盘511、旋转轴支座512、两个第三轴承513、机械密封59、分隔部件54由第二轴承箱4至旋转接头组件5的方向依次设置。压盘511固定在第三旋转轴51靠近第二轴承箱4的一端,第三旋转轴51部分伸出压盘511***到第二旋转轴41的第二轴孔内,压盘511与第二旋转轴41的端部通过螺栓固定连接,使得第三旋转轴51能够在第二旋转轴41的传动作用下同步转动。旋转轴支座512与第三旋转轴51一体成型且靠近压盘511的一端抵接于压盘511,并且旋转轴支座512与压盘511之间通过O型圈密封,用于防止切割液流入到第二轴承箱4中造成破坏。两个第三轴承513中一轴承靠近压盘511设置,另一轴承远离压盘511设置,远离压盘511的第三轴承513完全设置在外套52的内腔中,靠近压盘511的轴承部分设置在外套52的内腔中,部分伸出内腔,伸出内腔的第三轴承513上套设有轴承压盖514,轴承压盖514与外套52通过螺栓固定连接。靠近压盘511的第三轴承513与旋转轴支座512之间存在间隙,该间隙内、第二旋转轴41上套设有唇形密封圈515,防止机械密封59失效后切割液流入至第二 轴承箱4内,对其造成破坏。其中,唇形密封圈515的唇口朝向第三轴承513,唇形密封圈515上套设有唇形密封圈压盖516,唇形密封圈压盖516固定在轴承压盖514与旋转轴支座512之间。第三旋转轴51还套设有止挡件,止挡件固定在第三旋转轴51上,其一端面与第三轴承513远离第二轴承箱4一端面抵接,从而使得两个第三轴承513固定在止挡件与唇形密封圈515之间。另外,第三旋转轴51上套设的机械密封59能够避免回流的切割液进入的第三轴承513位置对第三轴承513造成损坏,其中机械密封59靠近第二轴承箱4设置,机械密封59靠近第二轴承箱4的部分与内腔内壁抵接且通过密封圈密封,机械密封59其余部分的外壁与内腔内壁之间存在间隙。
分隔部件54包括套设在第三旋转轴51上的转套541和挡圈542,转套541与内腔内壁抵接,转套541远离第二轴承箱4一端固定有挡圈542,从而对转套541起到限位的作用,挡圈542与内腔内壁固定连接,转套541靠近机械密封59设置,且与机械密封59之间存在间隙,使得转套542和挡圈541将外套52内腔分隔出第一内腔532。分隔部件54的设置能够防止回流到旋转接头组件5中的切割液与新进入的切割液混合,影响辊轴组件的冷却效果。外套52上开设有注液口521和回液口522,注液口521和回液口522分别设置接头523,注液口521与切割液供给装置的出口通过接头523连通,回液口522与切割液供给装置的进口通过接头523连通,回液口522与第一内腔532连通,注液口521与第二内腔57连通。另外,外套52远离第二轴承箱4的一端密封扣设有端盖55,端盖55、外套52和分隔部件54围设形成与第一内腔532彼此不连通的第二内腔57,从而防止回流到旋转接头组件5中的切割液与新进入的切割液混合,影响辊轴组件的冷却效果。其中,端盖55与外套52之间固定有O型密封圈,用于防止切割液泄漏。第三旋转轴51上外周侧沿径向开设有通孔531,通孔531开设在第三旋转轴51上机械密封59与转套541之间的部分,该通孔531与第一内腔532连通。第三旋转轴51上还开设有第三轴孔,拉杆2部分***到第三轴孔内,拉杆2的外壁与第三轴孔的内壁之间存在间隙533。其中,第一内腔532与第三旋转轴51上的通孔531以及拉杆2的外壁与第三旋转轴51的内壁之间的间隙533形成第六通道53,其中第六通道53与第五通道42的第二端连通,使得第五通道42内的切割液能够流入到第六通道53,再通过第六通道53、回液口522回流至切割液供给装置中。另外,第三旋转轴51上远离通孔531的部分与拉杆2之间通过O型圈密封连接,从而可避免切割液通过第六通道53流入到旋转接头组件5的内部,对旋转接头组件5中的其他部件造成破坏,同时还能够防止回流的切割液与新进入的切割液混合。返回参照图49,拉杆2一端穿过第三轴孔伸入到第二内腔57内,使得进液口22能够通过第二内腔57与注液口521连通,使得切割液供给装置内的切割液能够通过注液口521、第二内腔57、进液口22流至第一通道21内对辊轴组件进行冷却。第三旋转轴51上还套设有压块56,压块56套设于拉杆2远离第一连接部的部分且抵压在第三旋转轴51,螺母561螺接于拉杆2远离第二轴承箱4的部分并压紧在压块56上,使得第二轴承箱4、辊轴1、第一轴承箱3轴向锁紧,提高旋转接头组件5、第一轴承箱3、辊轴1、第二轴承箱4的连接牢固度。
参照图52-54,外套52上安装有第三法兰517,该第三法兰517与第二轴承箱4上的第二法兰43通过螺栓固定连接,从而将旋转接头组件5与第二轴承箱4连接在一起。第三法兰517与外套52的连接处设置有O型圈,用于防止空气中的粉尘侵入到第二轴承箱4中造成破坏。另外,第三法兰517远离第二轴承箱4的一端设置有拉拔杆58,拉拔杆58沿着第三法兰517向远离第二轴承箱4的方向延伸,拉拔杆58上套设有固定座581,固定座581一端与外套52固定连接,以防止外套52随第三旋转轴51转动,另外拉拔杆58的设置还能够辅助拆卸第二轴承箱4。辊轴组件在正常工作状态下会有微量的切割液从旋转密封中泄漏,为了将泄露的切割液排出,外套52上还开设有与内腔连通的排液孔,排液孔上设置有排液阀518,此时打开排液阀518泄露的切割液能够通过排液孔排出。如果旋转密封的密封作用失效,为了防止切割液流入到第二轴承箱4中,第三法兰517上开设有排液口,排液 口设置有第二堵头5171,此时拔出第二堵头5171使得旋转接头组件5内的切割液能够通过排液口流出。
辊轴组件在高速转动过程中冷却原理如下:切割液由切割液供给装置的出口排出,通过注液口521流入到旋转接头组件5中的第二内腔57,再通过拉杆2上的进液口22流入到拉杆2内第一通道21中,第一通道21内的切割液流入到第一轴承箱3的第一孔道32中,再通过径向孔道34、第二孔道33流入到拉杆2与辊轴1的间隙中、该间隙中的切割液依次通过拉杆2与第二轴承箱4的间隙流入到拉杆2与旋转接头组件5的间隙533中,由于该间隙通过通孔531与第一内腔532连通,使得切割液能够通过通孔531依次经过第一内腔532、回液口522,回流到切割液供给装置中,依此循环实现辊轴组件在高速转动过程中的冷却。
下面结合图55至图58对本申请的收放线装置进行描述。本申请的线切割机还包括收放线装置1,收放线装置1包括线辊13,该线辊13包括线辊主体131和加强件。线辊主体131沿轴向的中心设置有通孔1315,加强件沿轴向嵌设在通孔1315的内部,用以支撑线辊主体131。如此,线辊主体131的通孔1315内设置的加强件可以对线辊主体131起到支撑作用,在绕线量增加和提高线速时,增强线辊主体131,避免线辊主体131变形,可以不重新设计线辊13,节约成本。
继续参见图55和图56,在上述线辊13的优选实施方式中,加强件的内部中空。优选地,加强件为隔套132,隔套132的长度小于通孔1315的长度。此外,隔套132与线辊主体131之间为过渡配合。线辊主体131上设置有第一过孔1311,本申请中第一过孔1311设置有四个,四个第一过孔1311沿线辊主体131的周向均匀分布,每个第一过孔1311内均穿设有第一紧固件。优选地,第一紧固件为螺接在第一过孔1311内的平头螺钉136,平头螺钉136的顶部抵接在隔套132外壁上。优选地,隔套132由合金结构钢42CrMo制备而成,线辊主体131由铝合金制备而成。如此,隔套132与线辊主体131之间可以保持较小的间隙或者较小的过盈配合量,便于安装的同时可以提高隔套132与线辊主体131之间的配合效果。此外,隔套132为中空结构,便于安装,同时可以减轻线辊13重量,兼顾线辊的轻量化与强度。并且,可以通过平头螺钉136抵接在隔套132外壁上增加摩擦力,加强隔套132与线辊13之间的结合,避免隔套132与线辊13之间的滑动,增加结构的稳定性。同时,在线辊13报废或者更换时,便于线辊主体131的更换,隔套132可以重复使用,节约成本。此外,合金结构钢42CrMo的弹性模量高,可以较好地加强线辊主体131,抵抗变形。采用铝合金制备线辊主体131,有利于线辊主体131的轻质化。再者,隔套132的长度小于通孔1315的长度,便于避让其他结构。
参见图57,在上述线辊13的优选实施方式中,线辊13还包括支撑套137,支撑套137设置在隔套132内,支撑套137与隔套132抵接。支撑套137上中部沿径向设置有第二过孔,第二过孔内设置有螺钉,螺钉与待安装结构例如电机轴111螺接在一起。这样,设置在隔套132内的支撑套137可以避免隔套132和线辊主体131大量悬空,进一步增强线辊主体131,抵抗变形。而且,支撑套137通过螺钉与其他结构连接在一起,将支撑套137进行固定,增强结构的稳定性。
参见图56和图58,在上述线辊13的优选实施方式中,线辊13还包括第一锥套133和第二锥套134。第一锥套133的一端套设在线辊主体131的第一端(图58中线辊主体131的左端),第一锥套133的另一端沿径向形成有第一法兰1331,第一法兰1331与线辊主体131的第一端抵接。第二锥套134的一端套设在线辊主体131的的第二端(图58中线辊主体131的右端),第二锥套134的另一端沿径向形成有第二法兰1341,第二法兰1341与线辊主体131的第二端抵接。其中,第一法兰1331上设置有第一沉孔,线辊主体131第一端设置有第一盲孔,第一盲孔与第一沉孔相对设置,第二紧固件穿设在第一沉孔与所第一盲孔内。第一盲孔至少部分设置有螺纹,优选地,除第一盲孔底部外均设置有螺纹。第二紧固件为第一螺钉138,第一螺钉138穿过第一沉孔螺接在线辊主体131上。第二法兰1341上设置有第二沉孔,线辊主体131第二端设置有第二盲孔,第二盲孔与第二沉孔相对设置,第三紧固件 穿设在第二沉孔与所第二盲孔内。第二盲孔至少部分设置有螺纹,优选地,除第二盲孔底部外均设置有螺纹。第三紧固件为第二螺钉135,第二螺钉135穿过第二沉孔螺接在线辊主体131上。此外,线辊主体131的两端分别沿径向向外延伸形成第三法兰1312和第四法兰1313。如此,第一法兰1331与线辊主体131的左端结合,且第一螺钉138将第一锥套133固定在线辊主体131的左端,第二法兰1341与线辊主体131的右端结合,且第二螺钉135将第二锥套134固定在线辊主体131的右端,便于通过第一锥套133和第二锥套134固定线辊主体131。此外,线辊主体131上的第三法兰1312与第四法兰1313可以将线辊主体131上绕设的切割线限制在第三法兰1312与第四法兰1313之间,避免切割线滑脱。
在上述收放线装置1的优选实施方式中,收放线装置1还包括第一压紧件14和第二压紧件15。第一压紧件14设置在线辊主体131的一端,第二压紧件15设置在线辊主体131的另一端,第一压紧件14和第二压紧件15用于固定线辊主体131。如此,可以通过第一压紧件14和第二压紧件15将线辊主体131进行固定,避免线辊主体131在运行时发生窜动。
下面结合图57和图58对收放线装置1可能的结构进行描述。参见图57,在悬臂式收放线装置1中,支撑套137套设在电机11的电机轴111上,支撑套137上沿径向设置有第二过孔,电机轴111上与第二过孔相对的位置设置有带螺纹的盲孔,穿设在第二过孔内的螺钉将支撑套137固定在电机轴111上。隔套132套设在线辊主体131中部的通孔1315内,隔套132的内壁与支撑套137抵接。线辊主体131的左端与第一压紧件14的右端抵接,第一压紧件14的左端与电机11通过连接部连接。线辊主体131的右端与第二压紧件15的左端抵接,第二压紧件15的右端的紧固组件12挤压第二压紧件15,将第二压紧件15锁紧在电机轴111上,并使线辊主体131的内壁两端的内斜面分别与第一压紧件14的右端和第二压紧件15的左端紧密结合,使线辊与电机轴同心。线辊主体131上形成有第三法兰1312和第四法兰1313,切割线缠绕在第三法兰1312与第四法兰1313之间。紧固组件12的结构为本领域的常规结构,在此不再赘述。参见图58,在支撑式收放线装置1中,线辊主体131穿设在拉紧组件16上,线辊主体131的左端与第一锥套133的第一法兰1331抵接,第一螺钉138穿过第一法兰1331上的第一沉孔螺接在线辊主体131左端的第一盲孔内,线辊主体131的右端与第二锥套134的第二法兰1341抵接,第二螺钉135穿过第二法兰1341上的第二沉孔螺接在线辊主体131右端的第二盲孔内。第一压紧件14与第一锥套133抵接,并且第一压紧件14套设在轴承箱18内。第二压紧件15与第二锥套134抵接,第二压紧件15通过动力连接组件17与电机11传动连接。拉紧组件16用于拉紧线辊主体131,防止线辊131与第一压紧件14、第二压紧件15之间滑动。轴承箱18和电机11底部左端分别支撑在收放线装置1底部的支座19上。拉紧组件16、动力连接组件17等的结构为本领域的常规结构,在此不再赘述。
本申请还提供了一种线切割机,线切割机包括上述的摆动装置10或上述的切割总成和收放线装置。
如图59所示,与上述摆动装置10对应地,本申请还提供了一种摆动装置10的控制方法,包括:S101、控制第一驱动部103和第二驱动部105启动并朝相同方向转动;S103、控制第一驱动部103转动第一预设角度后停止转动;S105、控制第二驱动部105转动第二预设角度后降速转动、停止转动或反向转动,以使得第二主动齿轮106与从动齿部107反向贴合。举例而言,摆动装置10工作时,分别向第一驱动部103和第二驱动部105输入预定数量的脉冲,其中向第一驱动部103输入的脉冲数量大于等于向第二驱动部105输入的脉冲数量,使得第一驱动部103和第二驱动部105朝相同方向转动,以共同驱动摆动装置10由第一侧向第二侧摆动,当第一驱动部103的转动角度达到第一预设角度后,控制第一驱动部103停止转动,此时第二摆动板102停止转动或即将停止转动。当第二驱动部105转动至第二预设角度时,此时第一驱动部103还未停止转动或刚刚停止转动,也即第二摆动板102还未停止摆动或刚刚停止摆动,此时向控制第二驱动部105降速转动、停止转动、或向第二驱动部105输入反向脉冲控制第二驱动部105反向转动,使得第二驱动部105带动第二主动齿轮106 与从动齿部107反向贴合。如此,在控制摆动装置10由第二侧向第一侧反向摆动时,第二主动齿轮106已经与从动齿部107相啮合,二者之间不存在间隙。通过上述控制方法,有利于实现摆动过程的传动消隙,提高摆动装置10的摆动稳定性和控制精度。
一种优选技术方案中,控制第二驱动部105转动第二预设角度后降速转动、停止转动或反向转动的步骤进一步包括:在第二驱动部105转动第二预设角度后,获取第二驱动部105的实时转速;判断实时转速与预设速度阈值的大小;在实时转速小于速度阈值时,控制第二驱动部105降速转动、停止转动或反向转动。举例而言,速度阈值可以为0.1r/min-5r/min中的任意值。驱动部运行时会存在加速阶段、平稳运行阶段和减速阶段,当第二驱动部105的实时转速小于上述速度阈值时,其处于减速阶段,且速度趋近于零,此时控制第二驱动部105降速转动、停止转动或反向转动,以实现第二主动齿轮106与从动齿部107的反向贴合。通过上述控制方法,可以在第二驱动部105的实时转速趋近于零的时候控制第二驱动部105降速转动、停止转动或反向转动,提高摆动控制精度,减小第二驱动部105的反向贴合对摆动的影响,降低能耗。
参照图60,对应上述摆动装置10,本申请还提供了一种摆动装置10的控制方法,包括:S201、获取第一驱动部103的第一扭矩和第二驱动部105的第二扭矩;S203、计算第一扭矩与第二扭矩之间的差值;S205、判断差值与预设差值阈值大小;S207、如果差值大于预设差值阈值,则控制第一驱动部103和第二驱动部105中扭矩较小的驱动部提高转速,以使得调整后的第一驱动电机的扭矩与第二驱动电机的扭矩之差小于差值阈值。举例而言,在第一驱动部103和第二驱动部105共同驱动第二摆动板102摆动时,由于控制精度的问题以及齿轮传动间隙的问题,难免出现两个驱动部中一个驱动部驱动力矩较大,而另一个驱动部驱动力矩较小的情况,长此以往,不仅会降低控制精度,还会有损传动部1102的寿命。为此,本申请在第一驱动部103和第二驱动部105运行过程中,获取二者的扭矩值,并判断二者扭矩值之间的差值是否过大,如果差值大于预设差值阈值,则证明出现了上述问题,此时通过对扭矩相对较小的驱动部进行伺服补偿,提高其转速,来增大该驱动部的驱动力矩,使得两个驱动部的驱动力矩近似相等。其中,提高转速的方式可以为先增加驱动部的转速来增加驱动力矩,再降速至原有转速与另一驱动部同步转动。或者提高转速的方式还可以是直接微调转速,使得驱动部的转速提高并保持该转速一直运转,直至下次二者差值大于差值阈值时再次调整。通过上述控制方法,有利于实现传动过程的传动消隙,提高摆动装置10的摆动稳定性和控制精度。
如图61所示,对应于上述液路***,本申请还提供了一种液路***的控制方法,包括:S301、获取碎片盒的盒体内的切割液的实时温度。举例而言,通过第一温度传感器来获取碎片盒的盒体内的切割液的实时温度。S303、判断实时温度与预设温度阈值的大小或实时温度是否处于预设温度区间。举例而言,预设温度阈值或预设温度区间为提前预设的或者工作人员现场设置的,在获取到实时温度后,将实时温度与预设温度阈值或预设温度区间的最大值/最小值进行比较。例如通过计算差值或比值的方式比较实时温度与预设温度阈值或预设温度区间的最大值/最小值之间的大小。S305、根据判断结果,控制加热部的运行状态。具体地,根据判断结果,控制加热部的运行状态进一步包括:在实时温度小于预设温度阈值时,控制加热部启动或提高加热部的加热功率;在实时温度大于预设温度阈值时,控制加热部停止运行或降低加热部的加热功率;在实时温度小于预设温度区间的最小值时,控制加热部启动运行或提高加热部的加热功率;在实时温度大于预设温度区间的最大值时,控制加热部停止运行或降低加热部的加热功率。举例而言,在实时温度小于预设温度阈值或小于预设温度区间的最小值时,证明切割液温度较低,需要提高切割液温度,此时控制加热部启动或提高加热部的加热功率,来提升供液缸中的切割液温度,从而提高碎片盒中的切割液温度。在实时温度大于预设温度阈值或大于预设温度区间的最大值时,证明切割液温度较高,需要降低切割液温度,此时控制加热部停止运行或降低加热部的加热功率,来降低供液缸中的切割液 温度,从而降低碎片盒中的切割液温度。通过上述控制方法,可以有效调节碎片盒内的切割液温度,提高温度的稳定性,以及切割液对切片的保温效果,提高切片的质量和良率。
下面参照图62,对应于上述液路***,本申请还提供了另一液路***控制方法,包括:S401、获取碎片盒的盒体内的切割液的实际高度。举例而言,通过液位传感器来获取碎片盒的盒体内的切割液的实际高度。S403、判断实际高度与预设高度阈值的大小或实际高度是否处于预设高度区间。举例而言,预设高度阈值或预设高度区间为提前预设的或者工作人员现场设置的,在获取到实际高度后,将实际高度与预设高度阈值或预设高度区间的最大值/最小值进行比较。例如通过计算差值或比值的方式比较实际高度与预设高度阈值或预设高度区间的最大值/最小值之间的大小。S405、根据判断结果,控制流量调节阀的开度。具体地,根据判断结果,控制流量调节阀的开度,进一步包括:在实际高度小于预设高度阈值时,控制流量调节阀的开度增大;在实际高度大于预设高度阈值时,控制流量调节阀的开度减小;在实际高度小于预设高度区间的最小值时,控制流量调节阀的开度增大;在实际高度大于预设高度区间的最大值时,控制流量调节阀的开度减小。举例而言,在实际高度小于预设高度阈值或小于预设高度区间的最小值时,证明切割液高度较低,需要提高切割液高度,此时控制流量调节阀的开度增大,来提高进入碎片盒的切割液的流量,从而提高碎片盒中的切割液高度。在实际高度大于预设高度阈值或大于预设高度区间的最大值时,证明切割液高度较高,需要降低切割液高度,此时控制流量调节阀的开度减小,来降低进入碎片盒的切割液的流量,从而降低碎片盒中的切割液高度。通过上述控制方法,可以有效调节碎片盒内的切割液高度,使得切割液的高度符合设定需求,从而提高切片的质量和产品良率。
上述实施例中虽然将各个步骤按照上述先后次序的方式进行了描述,但是本领域技术人员可以理解,为了实现本实施例的效果,不同的步骤之间不必按照这样的次序执行,其可以同时(并行)执行或以颠倒的次序执行,这些简单的变化都在本申请的保护范围之内。
本领域的技术人员能够理解,尽管在此所述的一些实施例包括其它实施例中所包括的某些特征而不是其它特征,但是不同实施例的特征的组合意味着处于本申请的范围之内并且形成不同的实施例。例如,在本申请的权利要求书中,所要求保护的实施例的任意之一都可以以任意的组合方式来使用。
至此,已经结合附图所示的优选实施方式描述了本申请的技术方案,但是,本领域技术人员容易理解的是,本申请的保护范围显然不局限于这些具体实施方式。在不偏离本申请的原理的前提下,本领域技术人员可以对相关技术特征作出等同的更改或替换,这些更改或替换之后的技术方案都将落入本申请的保护范围之内。

Claims (20)

  1. 一种线切割机,包括进给总成,所述进给总成包括滑板箱和设置在滑板箱下部的摆动装置,其特征在于,所述摆动装置包括:第一摆动板和第二摆动板,所述第二摆动板位于所述第一摆动板的下方,且所述第二摆动板用于连接晶托;从动齿部,所述从动齿部设置于所述第二摆动板;第一驱动部和第一主动齿轮,所述第一驱动部设置于所述第一摆动板,且所述第一驱动部与所述第一主动齿轮连接,所述第一主动齿轮与所述从动齿部啮合;第二驱动部和第二主动齿轮,所述第二驱动部设置于所述第一摆动板,且所述第二驱动部与所述第二主动齿轮连接,所述第二主动齿轮与所述从动齿部啮合。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的线切割机,其特征在于,所述摆动装置还包括夹紧机构,所述夹紧机构包括推动部、传动部和夹紧部,所述推动部与所述传动部连接,所述传动部与所述夹紧部连接,所述推动部能够推动所述传动部动作,以便所述传动部带动所述夹紧部移动,以夹紧或松开晶托,所述推动部的推动方向与所述夹紧部的移动方向相反或具有夹角。
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的线切割机,其特征在于,所述夹紧机构还包括基座,所述夹紧部包括夹紧缸座和夹紧缸杆,所述夹紧缸座固定连接于所述基座上,所述夹紧缸杆的第一端设置有夹紧结构,所述夹紧缸杆的第二端与所述传动部连接,所述夹紧缸杆可滑动地设置于所述夹紧缸座,且所述夹紧结构伸出所述夹紧缸座。
  4. 根据权利要求1所述的线切割机,其特征在于,所述摆动装置包括:第一摆动板和第二摆动板,所述第二摆动板可摆动地设置于所述第一摆动板的下方,所述第二摆动板用于连接晶托;夹紧机构,所述夹紧机构设置于所述第二摆动板,所述夹紧机构用于夹紧晶托;检测组件,所述检测组件设置于所述第二摆动板,用于检测所述摆动装置的摆动角度和/或所述夹紧机构的状态。
  5. 根据权利要求1所述的线切割机,其特征在于,所述进给总成还包括安装部和多个升降部,所述滑板箱通过多个所述升降部可升降地连接于所述安装部,其中,所述多个升降部至少安装在所述滑板箱的两个侧面,所述升降部的数量大于两个。
  6. 根据权利要求1所述的线切割机,其特征在于,所述进给总成还包括安装部和防护部,所述安装部连接于目标安装件,所述滑板箱可升降地连接于所述安装部,所述防护部与所述滑板箱连接,用于遮挡所述滑板箱与所述安装部之间和/或所述安装部与所述目标安装件之间的缝隙。
  7. 根据权利要求1所述的线切割机,其特征在于,所述线切割机还包括液路***,所述液路***包括:冷流管路,所述冷流管路的第一端与冷源连通,所述冷流管路的第二端与冷却装置连通,所述冷流管路用于将冷源输送至所述冷却装置;热流管路,所述热流管路的第一端与热源连通,所述热流管路的第二端与传热装置连通,所述热流管路用于将热源输送至所述传热装置。
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的线切割机,其特征在于,所述液路***还包括摆动喷淋机构,所述摆动喷淋机构包括:摆动装置,所述摆动装置可摆动地设置于所述滑板箱,所述摆动装置的底部能够安装待切割件;喷淋装置,所述喷淋装置安装于所述摆动装置,并且所述喷淋装置用于向所述待切割件喷淋切割液。
  9. 根据权利要求7所述的线切割机,其特征在于,所述液路***还包括碎片盒,所述碎片盒包括:碎片盒本体,所述碎片盒本体的顶部敞开,所述碎片盒本体能够盛放切割液;传热部,所述传热部设置在所述碎片盒本体中,且所述传热部与外部热源连接,用于向所述切割液提供热量。
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的线切割机,其特征在于,所述传热部包括热流管,所述热流管至少部分设置在所述碎片盒本体中,所述热流管具有进液口和出液口,所述进液口与所述外部热源连接,所述出液口与所述碎片盒本体的内部连通。
  11. 根据权利要求7所述的线切割机,其特征在于,所述液路***还包括碎片盒,所述碎片盒包括:碎片盒本体,所述碎片盒本体的顶部敞开,所述碎片盒本体能够盛放切割液;加热器,所述加热器设置在所述碎片盒本体中,用于加热所述碎片盒本体内部的切割液。
  12. 根据权利要求1所述的线切割机,其特征在于,所述线切割机还包括切割总成,所述切割总成包括辊轴组件,所述辊轴组件包括:辊轴,所述辊轴上设置有第一轴孔;拉杆,所述拉杆用于轴向锁紧所述辊轴,所述拉杆至少部分插设在所述第一轴孔内,所述拉杆内设置有第一通道,所述拉杆上分别设置有与所述第一通道连通的进液口和出液口;所述拉杆与所述第一轴孔之间存在间隙,并作为第二通道,所述进液口与切割液供给装置的出口连通,所述出液口与所述第二通道的第一端连通,所述第二通道的第二端与所述切割液供给装置的进口连通。
  13. 根据权利要求1所述的线切割机,其特征在于,所述线切割机还包括收放线装置,所述收放线装置包括线辊,所述线辊包括:线辊主体,所述线辊主体沿轴向设置有通孔;加强件,所述加强件沿所述轴向嵌设在所述通孔内部,用以支撑所述线辊主体。
  14. 一种线切割机的控制方法,其特征在于,所述线切割机包括进给总成,所述进给总成包括包括滑板箱和设置在滑板箱下部的摆动装置,所述摆动装置包括第一摆动板、第二摆动板、第一驱动部、第一主动齿轮、第二驱动部、第二主动齿轮以及从动齿部,所述第一驱动部与所述第一主动齿轮连接,所述第二驱动部与所述第二主动齿轮连接,所述第一主动齿轮和所述第二主动齿轮同时与所述从动齿部啮合,所述控制方法包括:控制所述第一驱动部和所述第二驱动部启动并朝相同方向转动;控制所述第一驱动部转动第一预设角度后停止转动;控制所述第二驱动部转动第二预设角度后降速转动、停止转动或反向转动,以使得第二主动齿轮与所述从动齿部反向贴合;其中,所述第二预设角度小于等于所述第一预设角度。
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的线切割机的控制方法,其特征在于,所述控制所述第二驱动部转动第二预设角度后降速转动、停止转动或反向转动的步骤进一步包括:在所述第二驱动部转动第二预设角度后,获取所述第二驱动部的实时转速;判断所述实时转速与预设速度阈值的大小;在所述实时转速小于所述速度阈值时,控制所述第二驱动部降速转动、停止转动或反向转动。
  16. 一种线切割机的控制方法,其特征在于,所述线切割机包括进给总成,所述进给总成包括包括滑板箱和设置在滑板箱下部的摆动装置,所述摆动装置包括第一摆动板、第二摆动板、第一驱动部、第一主动齿轮、第二驱动部、第二主动齿轮以及从动齿部,所述第一驱动部与所述第一主动齿轮连接,所述第二驱动部与所述第二主动齿轮连接,所述第一主动齿轮和所述第二主动齿轮同时与所述从动齿部啮合,
    所述控制方法包括:获取所述第一驱动部的第一扭矩和所述第二驱动部的第二扭矩;计算所述第一扭矩与所述第二扭矩之间的差值;判断所述差值与预设差值阈值大小;如果所述差值大于所述预设差值阈值,则控制所述第一驱动部和所述第二驱动部中扭矩较小的驱动部提高转速,以使得调整后的所述第一驱动电机的扭矩与所述第二驱动电机的扭矩之差小于所述差值阈值。
  17. 一种线切割机的控制方法,其特征在于,所述线切割机包括液路***,所述液路***包括热流管路、供液缸、加热部、碎片盒和第二温度传感器,所述供液缸的缸体与所述碎片盒的盒体连通,所述供液缸的缸体还与所述热流管路连通,所述热流管路与所述盒体内部连通,所述控制方法包括:获取所述碎片盒的盒体内的切割液的实时温度;判断所述实时温度与预设温度阈值的大小或所述实时温度是否处于预设温度区间;根据判断结果,控制所述加热部的运行状态。
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的线切割机的控制方法,其特征在于,所述根据判断结果,控制所述加热部的运行状态,进一步包括:在所述实时温度小于所述预设温度阈值时,控制所述加热部启动或提高所述加热部的加热功率;并且/或者在所述实时温度大于所述预设温度阈值时,控制所述加热部停止运行或降低所述加热部的加热功率;并且/或者在所述实时温度小于所述 预设温度区间的最小值时,控制所述加热部启动运行或提高所述加热部的加热功率;并且/或者在所述实时温度大于所述预设温度区间的最大值时,控制所述加热部停止运行或降低所述加热部的加热功率。
  19. 一种线切割机的控制方法,其特征在于,所述线切割机包括液路***,所述液路***包括热流管路、流量调节阀、碎片盒和液位传感器,所述热流管路与所述碎片盒的盒体内部连通,所述流量调节阀设置于所述热流管路上,所述控制方法包括:获取所述碎片盒的盒体内的切割液的实际高度;判断所述实际高度与预设高度阈值的大小或所述实际高度是否处于预设高度区间;根据判断结果,控制所述流量调节阀的开度。
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的线切割机的控制方法,其特征在于,所述根据判断结果,控制所述流量调节阀的开度,进一步包括:在所述实际高度小于所述预设高度阈值时,控制所述流量调节阀的开度增大;并且/或者在所述实际高度大于所述预设高度阈值时,控制所述流量调节阀的开度减小;并且/或者在所述实际高度小于所述预设高度区间的最小值时,控制所述流量调节阀的开度增大;并且/或者在所述实际高度大于所述预设高度区间的最大值时,控制所述流量调节阀的开度减小。
PCT/CN2023/122385 2022-09-30 2023-09-28 线切割机及其控制方法 WO2024067755A1 (zh)

Applications Claiming Priority (30)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202222628332.7 2022-09-30
CN202222634687.7U CN218286230U (zh) 2022-09-30 2022-09-30 线辊、收放线装置与线切割机
CN202222634689.6U CN218286231U (zh) 2022-09-30 2022-09-30 碎片盒、供液***及线切割机
CN202222609207.1U CN218286237U (zh) 2022-09-30 2022-09-30 辊轴组件、切割总成及线切割机
CN202222616737.9U CN218286238U (zh) 2022-09-30 2022-09-30 进给机构及线切割机
CN202222634786.5U CN218657203U (zh) 2022-09-30 2022-09-30 摆动装置、进给总成及线切割机
CN202211215753.5 2022-09-30
CN202211215753.5A CN115502477A (zh) 2022-09-30 2022-09-30 夹紧机构、摆动装置、进给总成及线切割机
CN202222634786.5 2022-09-30
CN202222634687.7 2022-09-30
CN202222634689.6 2022-09-30
CN202222616970.7 2022-09-30
CN202211210239.2 2022-09-30
CN202211210239.2A CN115503135A (zh) 2022-09-30 2022-09-30 辊轴组件、切割总成及线切割机
CN202222638263.8U CN218657204U (zh) 2022-09-30 2022-09-30 液路***及线切割机
CN202222609207.1 2022-09-30
CN202211215778.5 2022-09-30
CN202222616737.9 2022-09-30
CN202222638264.2U CN218657106U (zh) 2022-09-30 2022-09-30 夹紧机构、摆动装置、进给总成及线切割机
CN202222635692.XU CN218286232U (zh) 2022-09-30 2022-09-30 摆动喷淋机构、切割液***及线切割机
CN202211215778.5A CN115488426A (zh) 2022-09-30 2022-09-30 摆动装置及其控制方法、进给总成、线切割机
CN202222635692.X 2022-09-30
CN202222634690.9U CN218657105U (zh) 2022-09-30 2022-09-30 摆动装置、进给总成、线切割机
CN202222628332.7U CN218286221U (zh) 2022-09-30 2022-09-30 碎片盒、供液***及线切割机
CN202222616970.7U CN218638734U (zh) 2022-09-30 2022-09-30 进给总成及线切割机
CN202211215789.3A CN115592539A (zh) 2022-09-30 2022-09-30 液路***及其控制方法、介质、控制装置、线切割机
CN202222638263.8 2022-09-30
CN202211215789.3 2022-09-30
CN202222638264.2 2022-09-30
CN202222634690.9 2022-09-30

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024067755A1 true WO2024067755A1 (zh) 2024-04-04

Family

ID=90476297

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/122385 WO2024067755A1 (zh) 2022-09-30 2023-09-28 线切割机及其控制方法

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2024067755A1 (zh)

Citations (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN105922466A (zh) * 2016-04-28 2016-09-07 中国电子科技集团公司第四十五研究所 一种多线切割料摆装置
CN206277533U (zh) * 2016-12-06 2017-06-27 浙江晶盛机电股份有限公司 一种用于蓝宝石晶片多线切割机的工作台摇摆装置
CN106985296A (zh) * 2017-04-07 2017-07-28 苏州赫瑞特电子专用设备科技有限公司 一种多线切割机的摇摆工作台机构
CN208359137U (zh) * 2018-05-22 2019-01-11 唐山晶玉科技股份有限公司 一种多线切割机切割液温度自动控制***
CN217476322U (zh) * 2022-05-31 2022-09-23 乐山高测新能源科技有限公司 液路循环***及切片机
CN217476328U (zh) * 2022-04-20 2022-09-23 乐山高测新能源科技有限公司 切片机
CN115488426A (zh) * 2022-09-30 2022-12-20 青岛高测科技股份有限公司 摆动装置及其控制方法、进给总成、线切割机
CN115503135A (zh) * 2022-09-30 2022-12-23 青岛高测科技股份有限公司 辊轴组件、切割总成及线切割机
CN115592539A (zh) * 2022-09-30 2023-01-13 青岛高测科技股份有限公司(Cn) 液路***及其控制方法、介质、控制装置、线切割机
CN218286238U (zh) * 2022-09-30 2023-01-13 青岛高测科技股份有限公司 进给机构及线切割机
CN218286230U (zh) * 2022-09-30 2023-01-13 青岛高测科技股份有限公司 线辊、收放线装置与线切割机

Patent Citations (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN105922466A (zh) * 2016-04-28 2016-09-07 中国电子科技集团公司第四十五研究所 一种多线切割料摆装置
CN206277533U (zh) * 2016-12-06 2017-06-27 浙江晶盛机电股份有限公司 一种用于蓝宝石晶片多线切割机的工作台摇摆装置
CN106985296A (zh) * 2017-04-07 2017-07-28 苏州赫瑞特电子专用设备科技有限公司 一种多线切割机的摇摆工作台机构
CN208359137U (zh) * 2018-05-22 2019-01-11 唐山晶玉科技股份有限公司 一种多线切割机切割液温度自动控制***
CN217476328U (zh) * 2022-04-20 2022-09-23 乐山高测新能源科技有限公司 切片机
CN217476322U (zh) * 2022-05-31 2022-09-23 乐山高测新能源科技有限公司 液路循环***及切片机
CN115488426A (zh) * 2022-09-30 2022-12-20 青岛高测科技股份有限公司 摆动装置及其控制方法、进给总成、线切割机
CN115503135A (zh) * 2022-09-30 2022-12-23 青岛高测科技股份有限公司 辊轴组件、切割总成及线切割机
CN115592539A (zh) * 2022-09-30 2023-01-13 青岛高测科技股份有限公司(Cn) 液路***及其控制方法、介质、控制装置、线切割机
CN218286238U (zh) * 2022-09-30 2023-01-13 青岛高测科技股份有限公司 进给机构及线切割机
CN218286230U (zh) * 2022-09-30 2023-01-13 青岛高测科技股份有限公司 线辊、收放线装置与线切割机

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN108747715B (zh) 一种湿式自动打磨抛光机
CN112122768B (zh) 一种静止轴肩搅拌摩擦焊焊具、焊接装置及焊接***
WO2024046437A1 (zh) 线切割机及其同轴度调整方法
CN209919552U (zh) 一种非标机械加工件的打磨设备
CN107127646B (zh) 一种旋转锉加工用五轴联动数控磨床
CN114231877B (zh) 一种热镀锌气刀刀体结构
WO2024067755A1 (zh) 线切割机及其控制方法
CN110790484A (zh) 一种玻璃管成型***
CN214353413U (zh) 一种双工位切片机
CN213712079U (zh) 一种便于维护检修的阀门
WO2024067712A1 (zh) 线切割机及其晶托夹紧检测方法
CN210994969U (zh) 一种阀门生产用喷涂设备
CN114776666A (zh) 一种具备温度监测及报警***的液压站装置
CN111958313B (zh) 一种数控机床用油污冷却回收装置
CN214602030U (zh) 一种旋转硅靶材薄壁深孔掏孔装置
CN113996869A (zh) 一种数控齿轮加工车削机床
CN219632921U (zh) 一种空调横梁焊接用取料装置
CN218694703U (zh) 一种热风回流焊机
CN213795546U (zh) 一种数控机床的环喷装置
CN219465041U (zh) 一种等离子切割机
CN112014157A (zh) 一种抽屉式全自动在线取样器
WO2024002073A1 (zh) 切割设备
CN220226771U (zh) 一种可升降式大小可调控的拧扣机装置
CN112705785B (zh) 一种用于管道切割的全自动冷切割装置
CN217800784U (zh) 用于修复阀门阀芯的研磨装置

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23870980

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1